Թուեր / Numbers - 13 |

Text:
< PreviousԹուեր - 13 Numbers - 13Next >


jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
It is a memorable and very melancholy story which is related in this and the following chapter, of the turning back of Israel from the borders of Canaan, when they were just ready to set foot in it, and the sentencing of them to wander and perish in the wilderness for their unbelief and murmuring. It is referred to Ps. xcv. 7, &c., and improved for warning to Christians, Heb. iii. 7, &c. In this chapter we have, I. The sending of twelve spies before them into Canaan, ver. 1-16. II. The instructions given to these spies, ver. 17-20. III. Their executing their commission according to their instructions, and their return from the search, ver. 21-25. IV. The report they brought back to the camp of Israel, ver. 26, &c.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
Twelve men, one out of every tribe, are sent to examine the nature and state of the land of Canaan, Num 13:1-3. Their names, Num 13:4-16. Moses gives them particular directions, Num 13:17-20. They proceed on their journey, Num 13:21, Num 13:22. Come to Eshcol, and cut down a branch with a cluster of grapes, which they bear between two of them upon a staff, Num 13:23, Num 13:24. After forty days they return to Paran, from searching the land, and show to Moses and the people the fruit they had brought with them, Num 13:25, Num 13:26. Their report - they acknowledge that the land is good, but that the inhabitants are such as the Israelites cannot hope to conquer, Num 13:27-29. Caleb endeavors to do away the bad impression made, by the report of his fellows, upon the minds of the people, Num 13:30. But the others persist in their former statement, Num 13:31 : and greatly amplify the difficulties of conquest, Num 13:32, Num 13:33.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
And the Lord spake - The mission of the spies was first suggested by the Israelites themselves. See Deu 1:22.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Num 13:1, The names of the men who were sent to search the land; Num 13:17, Their instructions; Num 13:21, Their acts; Num 13:26, Their relation.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Spies Sent Out. Murmuring of the People, and Their Punishment - Numbers 13 and 14
When they had arrived at Kadesh, in the desert of Paran (Num 13:26), Moses sent out spies by the command of God, and according to the wishes of the people, to explore the way by which they could enter into Canaan, and also the nature of the land, of its cities, and of its population (Num 13:1-20). The men who were sent out passed through the land, from the south to the northern frontier, and on their return reported that the land was no doubt one of pre-eminent goodness, but that it was inhabited by a strong people, who had giants among them, and were in possession of very large fortified towns (Num 13:21-29); whereupon Caleb declared that it was quite possible to conquer it, whilst the others despaired of overcoming the Canaanites, and spread an evil report among the people concerning the land (Num 13:30-33). The congregation then raised a loud lamentation, and went so far in their murmuring against Moses and Aaron, as to speak without reserve or secrecy of deposing Moses, and returning to Egypt under another leader: they even wanted to stone Joshua and Caleb, who tried to calm the excited multitude, and urged them to trust in the Lord. But suddenly the glory of the Lord interposed with a special manifestation of judgment (Num 14:1-10). Jehovah made known to Moses His resolution to destroy the rebellious nation, but suffered Himself to be moved by the intercession of Moses so far as to promise that He would preserve the nation, though He would exclude the murmuring multitude from the promised land (Num 14:11-25). He then directed Moses and Aaron to proclaim to the people the following punishment for their repeated rebellion: that they should bear their iniquity for forty years in the wilderness; that the whole nation that had come out of Egypt should die there, with the exception of Caleb and Joshua; and that only their children should enter the promised land (Num 14:26-39). The people were shocked at this announcement, and resolved to force a way into Canaan; but, as Moses predicted, they were beaten by the Canaanites and Amalekites, and driven back to Hormah (Num 14:40-45).
These events form a grand turning-point in the history of Israel, in which the whole of the future history of the covenant nation is typically reflected. The constantly repeated unfaithfulness of the nation could not destroy the faithfulness of God, or alter His purposes of salvation. In wrath Jehovah remembered mercy; through judgment He carried out His plan of salvation, that all the world might know that no flesh was righteous before Him, and that the unbelief and unfaithfulness of men could not overturn the truth of God.
(Note: According to Knobel, the account of these events arose from two or three documents interwoven with one another in the following manner: Num 13:1-17a, Num 13:21, Num 13:25-26, Num 13:32, and Num 14:2, Num 14:5-7, Num 14:10, Num 14:36-38, was written by the Elohist, the remainder by the Jehovist, - Num 13:22-24, Num 13:27-31; Num 14:1, Num 14:11-25, Num 14:39-45, being taken from his first document, and Num 13:17-20; Num 14:2-4, Num 14:8-10, Num 14:26-33, Num 14:35, from his second; whilst, lastly, Num 13:33, and the commencement of Num 14:1, were added from his own resources, because it contains contradictory statements. "According to the Elohist," says this critic, "the spies went through the whole land (Num 13:32; Num 14:7), and penetrated even to the north of the country (Num 13:21): they took forty days to this (Num 13:25; Num 14:34); they had among them Joshua, whose name was altered at that time (Josh 13:16), and who behaved as bravely as Caleb (Num 13:8; Num 14:6, Num 14:38). According to the Jehovistic completion, the spies did not go through the whole land, but only entered into it (Num 13:27), merely going into the neighbourhood of Hebron, in the south country (Num 13:22-23); there they saw the gigantic Anakites (Num 13:22, Num 13:28, Num 13:33), cut off the large bunch of grapes in the valley of Eshcol (Num 13:23-24), and then came back to Moses. Caleb was the only one who showed himself courageous, and Joshua was not with them at all (Num 13:30; Num 14:24)." But these discrepancies do not exist in the biblical narrative; on the contrary, they have been introduced by the critic himself, by the forcible separation of passages from their context, and by arbitrary interpolations. The words of the spies in Num 13:27, "We came into the land whither thou sentest us, and surely it floweth with milk and honey," do not imply that they only came into the southern portion of the land, any more than the fact that they brought a bunch of grapes from the neighbourhood of Hebron is a proof that they did not go beyond the valley of Eshcol. Moreover, it is not stated in Num 13:30 that Joshua was not found among the tribes. Again, the circumstance that in Num 14:11-25 and Num 14:26-35 the same thing is said twice over-the special instructions as to the survey of the land in Num 13:17-20, which were quite unnecessary for intelligent leaders, - the swearing of God (Num 14:16, Num 14:21, Num 14:23), - the forced explanation of the name Eshcol, in Num 13:24, and other things of the same kind, - are said to furnish further proofs of the interpolation of Jehovistic clauses into the Elohistic narrative; and lastly, a number of the words employed are supposed to place this beyond all doubt. Of these proofs, however, the first rests upon a simple misinterpretation of the passage in question, and a disregard of the peculiarities of Hebrew history; whilst the rest are either subjective conclusions, dictated by the taste of vulgar rationalism, or inferences and assumptions, of which the tenability and force need first of all to be established.)
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO NUMBERS 13
In this chapter an order is given by the Lord, to send twelve men into the land of Canaan, to search and spy it, and which was accordingly executed, Num 13:1; and the names of the twelve persons are given, Num 13:4; the instructions they received from Moses, what part of the land they should enter into first, and what observations they should make on it, Num 13:17; which they attended to, and on their return brought some of the fruit of the land with them, Num 13:21; and gave an account of it, that it was a very fruitful land, but the inhabitants mighty, and their cities walled, Num 13:27; which threw the people into confusion, but that they were stilled by Caleb, one of the spies, who encouraged them, Num 13:30; but all the rest, excepting Joshua, brought an ill report of it, as not to be subdued and conquered by them, Num 13:31.
13:113:1: Եւ ապա՛ չուեաց ժողովուրդն յԱսերովթայ, եւ բանակեցաւ յանապատին Փառանու։
1 Դրանից յետոյ ժողովուրդը Ասերոթից ճանապարհ ընկաւ եւ բանակատեղի դրեց Փառանի անապատում:
1 Անկէ յետոյ ժողովուրդը Ասերովթէն չուեցին ու Փառանի անապատը իջեւան ըրին։
Եւ ապա չուեաց ժողովուրդն յԱսերովթայ, եւ բանակեցաւ յանապատին Փառանու:

13:1: Եւ ապա՛ չուեաց ժողովուրդն յԱսերովթայ, եւ բանակեցաւ յանապատին Փառանու։
1 Դրանից յետոյ ժողովուրդը Ասերոթից ճանապարհ ընկաւ եւ բանակատեղի դրեց Փառանի անապատում:
1 Անկէ յետոյ ժողովուրդը Ասերովթէն չուեցին ու Փառանի անապատը իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:00: (13-1) После сего народ двинулся из Асирофа, и остановился в пустыне Фаран.
13:1 καὶ και and; even ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs λέγων λεγω tell; declare
13:1 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּ֥ר yᵊḏabbˌēr דבר speak יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֥ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לֵּ llē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
13:1. ibi locutus est Dominus ad Mosen dicensAnd there the Lord spoke to Moses, saying.
[12:16]. And afterward the people journeyed from Hazeroth, and pitched in the wilderness of Paran.
13:1. And there, the Lord spoke to Moses, saying:
13:1. And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,
KJV [12:16] And afterward the people removed from Hazeroth, and pitched in the wilderness of Paran:

0: (13-1) После сего народ двинулся из Асирофа, и остановился в пустыне Фаран.
13:1
καὶ και and; even
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
13:1
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּ֥ר yᵊḏabbˌēr דבר speak
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֥ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לֵּ llē לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
13:1. ibi locutus est Dominus ad Mosen dicens
And there the Lord spoke to Moses, saying.
13:1. And there, the Lord spoke to Moses, saying:
13:1. And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1: Missions of the Twelve Spies.B. C. 1490.
1 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Send thou men, that they may search the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel: of every tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man, every one a ruler among them. 3 And Moses by the commandment of the LORD sent them from the wilderness of Paran: all those men were heads of the children of Israel. 4 And these were their names: of the tribe of Reuben, Shammua the son of Zaccur. 5 Of the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori. 6 Of the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh. 7 Of the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph. 8 Of the tribe of Ephraim, Oshea the son of Nun. 9 Of the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Raphu. 10 Of the tribe of Zebulun, Gaddiel the son of Sodi. 11 Of the tribe of Joseph, namely, of the tribe of Manasseh, Gaddi the son of Susi. 12 Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli. 13 Of the tribe of Asher, Sethur the son of Michael. 14 Of the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the son of Vophsi. 15 Of the tribe of Gad, Geuel the son of Machi. 16 These are the names of the men which Moses sent to spy out the land. And Moses called Oshea the son of Nun Jehoshua. 17 And Moses sent them to spy out the land of Canaan, and said unto them, Get you up this way southward, and go up into the mountain: 18 And see the land, what it is; and the people that dwelleth therein, whether they be strong or weak, few or many; 19 And what the land is that they dwell in, whether it be good or bad; and what cities they be that they dwell in, whether in tents, or in strong holds; 20 And what the land is, whether it be fat or lean, whether there be wood therein, or not. And be ye of good courage, and bring of the fruit of the land. Now the time was the time of the firstripe grapes.
Here we have, I. Orders given to send spies to search out the land of Canaan. It is here said, God directed Moses to send them (v. 1, 2), but it appears by the repetition of the story afterwards (Deut. i. 22) that the motion came originally from the people; they came to Moses, and said, We will send men before us; and it was the fruit of their unbelief. They would not take God's word that it was a good land, and that he would, without fail, put them in possession of it. They could not trust the pillar of cloud and fire to show them the way to it, but had a better opinion of their own politics than of God's wisdom. How absurd was it for them to send to spy out a land which God himself had spied out for them, to enquire the way into it when God himself had undertaken to show them the way! But thus we ruin ourselves by giving more credit to the reports and representations of sense than to divine revelation; we walk by sight, not by faith; whereas, if we will receive the witness of men, without doubt the witness of God is greater. The people making this motion to Moses, he (perhaps not aware of the unbelief at the bottom of it) consulted God in the case, who bade him gratify the people in this matter, and send spies before them: "Let them walk in their own counsels." Yet God was no way accessory to the sin that followed, for the sending of these spies was so far from being the cause of the sin that if the spies had done their duty, and the people theirs, it might have been the confirmation of their faith, and of good service to them.
II. The persons nominated that were to be employed in this service (v. 4, &c.), one of each tribe, that it might appear to be the act of the people in general; and rulers, person of figure in their respective tribes, some of the rulers of thousands or hundreds, to put the greater credit upon their embassy. This was designed for the best, but it proved to have this ill effect that the quality of the persons occasioned the evil report they brought up to be the more credited and the people to be the more influenced by it. Some think that they are all named for the sake of two good ones that were among them, Caleb and Joshua. Notice is taken of the change of Joshua's name upon this occasion, v. 16. He was Moses's minister, but had been employed, though of the tribe of Ephraim, as general of the forces that were sent out against Amalek. The name by which he was generally called and known in his own tribe was Oshea, but Moses called him Joshua, in token of his affection to him and power over him; and now, it should seem, he ordered others to call him so, and fixed that to be his name henceforward. Oshea signifies a prayer for salvation, Save thou; Joshua signifies a promise of salvation, He will save, in answer to that prayer: so near is the relation between prayers and promises. Prayers prevail for promises, and promises direct and encourage prayers. Some think that Moses designed, by taking the first syllable of the name Jehovah and prefixing it to his name, which turned Hoshea into Jehoshua, to put an honour upon him, and to encourage him in this and all his future services with the assurances of God's presence. Yet after this he is called Hoshea, Deut. xxxii. 44. Jesus is the same name with Joshua, and it is the name of our Lord Christ, of whom Joshua was a type as successor to Moses, Israel's captain, and conqueror of Canaan. There was another of the same name, who was also a type of Christ, Zech. vi. 11. Joshua was the saviour of God's people from the powers of Canaan, but Christ is their Saviour from the powers of hell.
III. The instructions given to those spies. They were sent into the land of Canaan the nearest way, to traverse the country, and to take account of its present state, v. 17. Two heads of enquiry were given them in charge, 1. Concerning the land itself: See what that is (v. 18, and again, v. 19), see whether it be good or bad, and (v. 20) whether it be fat or lean. All parts of the earth do not share alike in the blessing of fruitfulness; some countries are blessed with a richer soil than others. Moses himself was well satisfied that Canaan was a very good land, but he sent these spies to bring an account of it for the satisfaction of the people; as John Baptist sent to Jesus, to ask whether he was the Christ, not to inform himself, but to inform those he sent. They must take notice whether the air was healthful or no, what the soil was, and what the productions; and, for the better satisfaction of the people, they must bring with them some of the fruits. 2. Concerning the inhabitants--their number, few or many--their size and stature, whether strong able-bodied men or weak,--their habitations, whether they lived in tents or houses, whether in open villages or in walled towns,--whether the woods were standing as in those countries that are uncultivated, through the unskillfulness and slothfulness of the inhabitants, or whether the woods were cut down, and the country made champaign, for the convenience of tillage. These were the things they were to enquire about. Perhaps there had not been of late years such commerce between Egypt and Canaan as there was in Jacob's time, else they might have informed themselves of these things without sending men on purpose to search. See the advantage we may derive from books and learning, which acquaint those that are curious and inquisitive with the state of foreign countries, at a much greater distance than Canaan was now from Israel, without this trouble and expense.
IV. Moses dismisses the spies with this charge, Be of good courage, intimating, not only that they should be themselves encouraged against the difficulties of this expedition, but that they should bring an encouraging account to the people and make the best of every thing. It was not only a great undertaking they were put upon, which required good management and resolution, but it was a great trust that was reposed in them, which required that they should be faithful.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:1
Numbers 13:1-17
Despatch of the Spies of Canaan. - Num 13:1. The command of Jehovah, to send out men to spy out the land of Canaan, was occasioned, according to the account given by Moses in Deut 1:22., by a proposal of the congregation, which pleased Moses, so that he laid the matter before the Lord, who then commanded him to send out for this purpose, "of every tribe of their fathers a man, every one a ruler among them, i.e., none but men who were princes in their tribes, who held the prominent position of princes, i.e., distinguished persons of rank; or, as it is stated in Num 13:3, "heads of the children of Israel," i.e., not the tribe-princes of the twelve tribes, but those men, out of the total number of the heads of the tribes and families of Israel, who were the most suitable for such a mission, though the selection was to be made in such a manner that every tribe should be represented by one of its own chiefs. That there were none of the twelve tribe-princes among them is apparent from a comparison of their names (Num 13:4-15) with the (totally different) names of the tribe-princes (Num 1:3., Num 7:12.). Caleb and Joshua are the only spies that are known. The order, in which the tribes are placed in the list of the names in Num 13:4-15, differs from that in Num 1:5-15 only in the fact that in Num 13:10 Zebulun is separated from the other sons of Leah, and in Num 13:11 Manasseh is separated from Ephraim. The expression "of the tribe of Joseph," in Num 13:11, stands for "of the children of Joseph," in Num 1:10; Num 34:23. At the close of the list it is still further stated, that Moses called Hoshea (i.e., help), the son of Nun, Jehoshua, contracted into Joshua (i.e., Jehovah-help, equivalent to, whose help is Jehovah). This statement does not present any such discrepancy, when compared with Ex 17:9, Ex 17:13; Ex 24:13; Ex 32:17; Ex 33:11, and Num 11:28, where Joshua bears this name as the servant of Moses at a still earlier period, as to point to any diversity of authorship. As there is nothing of a genealogical character in any of these passages, so as to warrant us in expecting to find the family name of Joshua in them, the name Joshua, by which Hosea had become best known in history, could be used proleptically in them all. On the other hand, however, it is not distinctly stated in the verse before us, that this was the occasion on which Moses gave Hosea the new name of Joshua. As the Vav consec. frequently points out merely the order of thought, the words may be understood without hesitation in the following sense: These are the names borne by the heads of the tribes to be sent out as spies, as they stand in the family registers according to their descent; Hosea, however, was named Joshua by Moses; which would not by any means imply that the alteration in the name had not been made till then. It is very probable that Moses may have given him the new name either before or after the defeat of the Amalekites (Ex 17:9.), or when he took him into his service, though it has not been mentioned before; whilst here the circumstances themselves required that it should be stated that Hosea, as he was called in the list prepared and entered in the documentary record according to the genealogical tables of the tribes, had received from Moses the name of Joshua. In Num 13:17-20 Moses gives them the necessary instructions, defining more clearly the motive which the congregation had assigned for sending them out, namely, that they might search out the way into the land and to its towns (Deut 1:22). "Get you up there (זה in the south country, and go up to the mountain." Negeb, i.e., south country, lit., dryness, aridity, from נגב, to be dry or arid (in Syr., Chald, and Samar.). Hence the dry, parched land, in contrast to the well-watered country (Josh 15:19; Judg 1:15), was the name given to the southern district of Canaan, which forms the transition from the desert to the strictly cultivated land, and bears for the most part the character of a steppe, in which tracts of sand and heath are intermixed with shrubs, grass, and vegetables, whilst here and there corn is also cultivated; a district therefore which was better fitted for grazing than for agriculture, though it contained a number of towns and villages (see at Josh 15:21-32). "The mountain" is the mountainous part of Palestine, which was inhabited by Hittites, Jebusites, and Amorites (Num 13:29), and was called the mountains of the Amorites, on account of their being the strongest of the Canaanitish tribes (Deut 1:7, Deut 1:19.). It is not to be restricted, as Knobel supposes, to the limits of the so-called mountains of Judah (Josh 15:48-62), but included the mountains of Israel or Ephraim also (Josh 11:21; Josh 20:7), and formed, according to Deut 1:7, the backbone of the whole land of Canaan up to Lebanon.
Num 13:18-20
They were to see the land, "what it was," i.e., what was its character, and the people that dwelt in it, whether they were strong, i.e., courageous and brave, or weak, i.e., spiritless and timid, and whether they were little or great, i.e., numerically; (Num 13:19) what the land was, whether good or bad, sc., with regard to climate and cultivation, and whether the towns were camps, i.e., open villages and hamlets, or fortified places; also (Num 13:20) whether the land was fat or lean, i.e., whether it had a fertile soil or not, and whether there were trees in it or not. All this they were to search out courageously (התחזק, to show one's self courageous in any occupation), and to fetch (some) of the fruits of the land, as it was the time of the first-ripe grapes. In Palestine the first grapes ripen as early as August, and sometimes even in July (vid., Robinson, ii. 100, ii. 611), whilst the vintage takes place in September and October.
John Gill
13:1 And the Lord Spake unto Moses,.... When in the wilderness of Paran, either at Rithmah or Kadesh; this was on the twenty ninth day of the month Sivan, on which day, the Jews say (o), the spies were sent to search the land, which was a scheme of the Israelites' own devising, and which they first proposed to Moses, who approved of it as prudential and political, at least he gave his assent unto it to please the people, and carried the affair to the Lord, and consulted him about it; who, rather permitting than approving, gave the following order; for the motion carried in it a good deal of unbelief, calling in question whether the land was so good as had been represented unto them, fearing it was not accessible, and that it would be difficult to get into it, and were desirous of knowing the best way of getting into it before they proceeded any further; all which were unnecessary, if they would have fully trusted in the Lord, in his word, promise, power, providence, and guidance; who had told them it was a land flowing with milk and honey; that he would show them the way to it, by going before them in a pillar of cloud and fire; that he would assuredly bring them into it, having espied it for them, and promised it unto them; so that there was no need on any account for them to send spies before them; however, to gratify them in this point, he assented to it:
saying; as follows.
(o) Ib. ut supra, (Seder Olam Rabba, c. 8. p. 24. & Meyer. Annotat. in ib. p. 338.) Pesikta, Chaskuni.
John Wesley
13:1 Speak unto Moses - In answer to the peoples petition about it, as is evident from Deut 1:22. And it is probable, the people desired it out of diffidence of God's promise.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:1 THE NAMES OF THE MEN WHO WERE SENT TO SEARCH THE LAND. (Num. 13:1-33)
The Lord spake unto Moses, Send thou men, that they may search the land, of Canaan--Compare Deut 1:22, whence it appears, that while the proposal of delegating confidential men from each tribe to explore the land of Canaan emanated from the people who petitioned for it, the measure received the special sanction of God, who granted their request at once as a trial, and a punishment of their distrust.
13:213:2: Խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի՝ եւ ասէ[1298]. [1298] Ոմանք. Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ։
2 Տէրը խօսեց Մովսէսի հետ եւ ասաց. «Մարդիկ ուղարկի՛ր, որ հետախուզեն Քանանացիների երկիրը:
2 Տէրը խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով.
Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի եւ ասէ:

13:2: Խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի՝ եւ ասէ[1298].
[1298] Ոմանք. Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ։
2 Տէրը խօսեց Մովսէսի հետ եւ ասաց. «Մարդիկ ուղարկի՛ր, որ հետախուզեն Քանանացիների երկիրը:
2 Տէրը խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:11: (13-2) И сказал Господь Моисею, говоря:
13:2 ἀπόστειλον αποστελλω send off / away σεαυτῷ σεαυτου of yourself ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband καὶ και and; even κατασκεψάσθωσαν κατασκεπτομαι the γῆν γη earth; land τῶν ο the Χαναναίων χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos ἣν ος who; what ἐγὼ εγω I δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel εἰς εις into; for κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding ἄνδρα ανηρ man; husband ἕνα εις.1 one; unit κατὰ κατα down; by φυλὴν φυλη tribe κατὰ κατα down; by δήμους δημος public πατριῶν πατρια lineage; family line αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἀποστελεῖς αποστελλω send off / away αὐτούς αυτος he; him πάντα πας all; every ἀρχηγὸν αρχηγος original; originator ἐξ εκ from; out of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:2 שְׁלַח־ šᵊlaḥ- שׁלח send לְךָ֣ lᵊḵˈā לְ to אֲנָשִׁ֗ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man וְ wᵊ וְ and יָתֻ֨רוּ֙ yāṯˈurû תור spy אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth כְּנַ֔עַן kᵊnˈaʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i נֹתֵ֖ן nōṯˌēn נתן give לִ li לְ to בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man אֶחָד֩ ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one אִ֨ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man אֶחָ֜ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֤ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff אֲבֹתָיו֙ ʔᵃvōṯāʸw אָב father תִּשְׁלָ֔חוּ tišlˈāḥû שׁלח send כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole נָשִׂ֥יא nāśˌî נָשִׂיא chief בָהֶֽם׃ vāhˈem בְּ in
13:2. mitte viros qui considerent terram Chanaan quam daturus sum filiis Israhel singulos de singulis tribubus ex principibusSend men to view the land of Chanaan, which I will give to the children of Israel, one of every tribe, of the rulers.
1. And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,
13:2. “Send men, who may examine the land of Canaan, which I will give to the sons of Israel, one from the rulers of each tribe.”
13:2. Send thou men, that they may search the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel: of every tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man, every one a ruler among them.
And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying:

1: (13-2) И сказал Господь Моисею, говоря:
13:2
ἀπόστειλον αποστελλω send off / away
σεαυτῷ σεαυτου of yourself
ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband
καὶ και and; even
κατασκεψάσθωσαν κατασκεπτομαι the
γῆν γη earth; land
τῶν ο the
Χαναναίων χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos
ἣν ος who; what
ἐγὼ εγω I
δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
εἰς εις into; for
κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding
ἄνδρα ανηρ man; husband
ἕνα εις.1 one; unit
κατὰ κατα down; by
φυλὴν φυλη tribe
κατὰ κατα down; by
δήμους δημος public
πατριῶν πατρια lineage; family line
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἀποστελεῖς αποστελλω send off / away
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
πάντα πας all; every
ἀρχηγὸν αρχηγος original; originator
ἐξ εκ from; out of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:2
שְׁלַח־ šᵊlaḥ- שׁלח send
לְךָ֣ lᵊḵˈā לְ to
אֲנָשִׁ֗ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָתֻ֨רוּ֙ yāṯˈurû תור spy
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
כְּנַ֔עַן kᵊnˈaʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
נֹתֵ֖ן nōṯˌēn נתן give
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
אֶחָד֩ ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one
אִ֨ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
אֶחָ֜ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֤ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
אֲבֹתָיו֙ ʔᵃvōṯāʸw אָב father
תִּשְׁלָ֔חוּ tišlˈāḥû שׁלח send
כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole
נָשִׂ֥יא nāśˌî נָשִׂיא chief
בָהֶֽם׃ vāhˈem בְּ in
13:2. mitte viros qui considerent terram Chanaan quam daturus sum filiis Israhel singulos de singulis tribubus ex principibus
Send men to view the land of Chanaan, which I will give to the children of Israel, one of every tribe, of the rulers.
13:2. “Send men, who may examine the land of Canaan, which I will give to the sons of Israel, one from the rulers of each tribe.”
13:2. Send thou men, that they may search the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel: of every tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man, every one a ruler among them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:2: Send thou men, that they may search - It appears from Deu 1:19-24 that this was done in consequence of the request of the people, after the following address of Moses: "And when we departed from Horeb, we went through all that great and terrible wilderness - and we came unto Kadesh-Barnea; and I said unto you, Ye are come unto the mountain of the Amorites, which the Lord our God doth give unto us. Behold the Lord thy God hath set the land before thee: go up and possess it, as the Lord God of thy fathers hath said unto thee; fear not, neither be discouraged. And ye came near unto me every one of you, and said: We Will Send Men Before Us, And They Shall Search Us Out The Land and bring us word again, by what way we must go up, and into what cities we shall come. And the saying pleased me well, and I took twelve men of you, one of a tribe," etc., etc. Nearly the whole of these verses is added here by the Samaritan.
Every one a ruler - Not any of the princes of the people, (see Numbers 1) for these names are different from those; but these now sent were men of consideration and importance in their respective tribes.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:2: A ruler - A comparison of the list with that of Num 13:1 :5 following shows that they were not the princes of the tribes, but heads of houses or families Num 12:4.
Of the names here given those of Joshua and Caleb alone are otherwise known to us.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:2: Send thou: Num 32:8; Deu 1:22-25; jos 2:1-24
of every: Num 1:4, Num 34:18
a ruler: Num 11:16; Exo 18:25; Deu 1:15
Geneva 1599
13:2 (b) Send thou men, that they may search the land of Canaan, which I give to the children of Israel: of every tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man, every one a ruler among them.
(b) After the people had required it of Moses, as it is in (Deut 1:22) then the Lord told Moses to do it.
John Gill
13:2 Send thou men,.... Which is rather a permission than a command; so Jarchi interprets it,"send men according to thy mind, I do not command thee, but if thou pleasest send;''this he observed was agreeable to Moses, and to the Israelites, and therefore granted it, or allowed them to take their own way, and which issued badly, as it always does, when men are left to their own counsel:
that they may search the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel; called the land of Canaan, though it consisted of seven nations, from the principal of them; this God had given in promise to the children of Israel, and had now brought them to the borders of it; nay, had given them orders to go up and possess it; but they were for searching it first, to know what sort of a land it was, and which was the best way of entering into it, which is here permitted them, see Deut 1:21,
of every tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man; excepting the tribe of Levi; the reason of which was because they were to have no inheritance in the land, Deut 10:9; but then, to make up the number twelve, the two sons of Joseph, Ephraim and Manasseh, are reckoned as two tribes:
everyone a ruler among them; a prince in his tribe; so were men of honour and credit, of power and authority, of prudence and probity, and who might be trusted with such an affair, and their report believed: they were not indeed princes of the highest rank, not the same that assisted in taking the numbers of the people, who were captains over their several tribes, as in Num 1:4, &c. but were inferior princes and rulers, perhaps rulers of thousands.
John Wesley
13:2 A ruler - A person of wisdom and authority.
13:313:3: Առաքեա՛ արս՝ եւ լրտեսեսցե՛ն զերկիրն Քանանացւոց, զոր ե՛ս տաց որդւոցն Իսրայէլի ՚ի կալուածս. այր մի՝ ըստ ցեղի, ըստ տանց նահապետաց իւրեանց առաքեսցես զնոսա՝ զամենայն գլխաւորս ՚ի նոցանէ։
3 Դա ես իսրայէլացիներին եմ տալու իբրեւ կալուածք: Ամէն ցեղից, ըստ իրենց նահապետների ընտանիքների, որպէս գլխաւոր, մէկական մարդ ուղարկիր»:
3 «Մարդիկ ղրկէ որ լրտեսեն Քանանի երկիրը, որ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն պիտի տամ։ Անոնք, իրենց հայրերուն սերունդէն, մէկ–մէկ իշխան ըլլալու են»։
Առաքեա արս եւ լրտեսեսցեն զերկիրն Քանանացւոց, զոր ես տաց որդւոցն Իսրայելի ի կալուածս. այր մի ըստ ցեղի, ըստ տանց նահապետաց իւրեանց առաքեսցես զնոսա` զամենայն գլխաւորս ի նոցանէ:

13:3: Առաքեա՛ արս՝ եւ լրտեսեսցե՛ն զերկիրն Քանանացւոց, զոր ե՛ս տաց որդւոցն Իսրայէլի ՚ի կալուածս. այր մի՝ ըստ ցեղի, ըստ տանց նահապետաց իւրեանց առաքեսցես զնոսա՝ զամենայն գլխաւորս ՚ի նոցանէ։
3 Դա ես իսրայէլացիներին եմ տալու իբրեւ կալուածք: Ամէն ցեղից, ըստ իրենց նահապետների ընտանիքների, որպէս գլխաւոր, մէկական մարդ ուղարկիր»:
3 «Մարդիկ ղրկէ որ լրտեսեն Քանանի երկիրը, որ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն պիտի տամ։ Անոնք, իրենց հայրերուն սերունդէն, մէկ–մէկ իշխան ըլլալու են»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:22: (13-3) пошли от себя людей, чтобы они высмотрели землю Ханаанскую, которую Я даю сынам Израилевым; по одному человеку от колена отцов их пошлите, главных из них.
13:3 καὶ και and; even ἐξαπέστειλεν εξαποστελλω send forth αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἐκ εκ from; out of τῆς ο the ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness Φαραν φαραν through; because of φωνῆς φωνη voice; sound κυρίου κυριος lord; master πάντες πας all; every ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband ἀρχηγοὶ αρχηγος original; originator υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel οὗτοι ουτος this; he
13:3 וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁלַ֨ח yyišlˌaḥ שׁלח send אֹתָ֥ם ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker] מֹשֶׁ֛ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses מִ mi מִן from מִּדְבַּ֥ר mmiḏbˌar מִדְבָּר desert פָּארָ֖ן pārˌān פָּארָן Paran עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פִּ֣י pˈî פֶּה mouth יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH כֻּלָּ֣ם kullˈām כֹּל whole אֲנָשִׁ֔ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man רָאשֵׁ֥י rāšˌê רֹאשׁ head בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel הֵֽמָּה׃ hˈēmmā הֵמָּה they
13:3. fecit Moses quod Dominus imperarat de deserto Pharan mittens principes viros quorum ista sunt nominaMoses did what the Lord had commanded, sending from the desert of Pharan, principal men, whose names are these:
2. Send thou men, that they may spy out the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel: of every tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man, every one a prince among them.
13:3. Moses did what the Lord had commanded, sending, from the desert of Paran, leading men, whose names are these:
13:3. And Moses by the commandment of the LORD sent them from the wilderness of Paran: all those men [were] heads of the children of Israel.
Send thou men, that they may search the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel: of every tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man, every one a ruler among them:

2: (13-3) пошли от себя людей, чтобы они высмотрели землю Ханаанскую, которую Я даю сынам Израилевым; по одному человеку от колена отцов их пошлите, главных из них.
13:3
καὶ και and; even
ἐξαπέστειλεν εξαποστελλω send forth
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῆς ο the
ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Φαραν φαραν through; because of
φωνῆς φωνη voice; sound
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
πάντες πας all; every
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
ἀρχηγοὶ αρχηγος original; originator
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
13:3
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁלַ֨ח yyišlˌaḥ שׁלח send
אֹתָ֥ם ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker]
מֹשֶׁ֛ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
מִ mi מִן from
מִּדְבַּ֥ר mmiḏbˌar מִדְבָּר desert
פָּארָ֖ן pārˌān פָּארָן Paran
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פִּ֣י pˈî פֶּה mouth
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
כֻּלָּ֣ם kullˈām כֹּל whole
אֲנָשִׁ֔ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man
רָאשֵׁ֥י rāšˌê רֹאשׁ head
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
הֵֽמָּה׃ hˈēmmā הֵמָּה they
13:3. fecit Moses quod Dominus imperarat de deserto Pharan mittens principes viros quorum ista sunt nomina
Moses did what the Lord had commanded, sending from the desert of Pharan, principal men, whose names are these:
13:3. Moses did what the Lord had commanded, sending, from the desert of Paran, leading men, whose names are these:
13:3. And Moses by the commandment of the LORD sent them from the wilderness of Paran: all those men [were] heads of the children of Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:3: The wilderness of Paran, says Dr. Wells, seems to have been taken in a larger, and in a stricter sense. In the larger sense, it seems to have denoted all the desert and mountainous tract, lying between the wilderness of Shur westward, and mount Seir, or the land of Edom, eastward, the land of Canaan northward, and the Red sea southward. And in this sense, it seems to have comprehended the wilderness of Sin, and the wilderness of Sinai, also the adjoining tract wherein lay Kibroth-hattaavah and Hazeroth. In this sense it may be understood in Deu 1:19, where, by "that great and terrible wilderness," is intended the wilderness of Paran in its largest acceptation; for, in its stricter acceptation, it seems not to have been so great and terrible a wilderness; but is taken to denote more peculiarly that part of Arabia Petrea which lies between mount Sinai and Hazeroth west, and mount Seir east.
Num 12:16, Num 32:8; Deu 1:19, Deu 1:23, Deu 9:23
John Gill
13:3 And Moses, by the commandment of the Lord,.... By his power, permission, and leave, as Jarchi, that there might be no delay through his means:
sent them from the wilderness of Paran; from Rithmah or Kadeshbarnea, which seem to be one and the same place in that wilderness: this, as before observed, was on the twenty ninth day of Sivan: See Gill on Num 13:1,
all those were heads of the children of Israel; were not mean and vulgar men, but persons of rule, who bore some office of magistracy ant government among the people in their respective tribes.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:3 those men were heads of the children of Israel--Not the princes who are named (Num 10:14-16, Num 10:18-20, Num 10:22-27), but chiefs, leading men though not of the first rank.
13:413:4: Եւ առաքեաց զնոսա Մովսէս յանապատէն Փառանու՝ ըստ բանին Տեառն. ամենեքին ա՛րք գլխաւորք էին նոքա յորդւոցն Իսրայէլի[1299]։ Եւ այս են անուանք նոցա։ [1299] Ոմանք. Յանապատին Փարանու՝ ըստ բա՛՛։
4 Մովսէսը, ինչպէս Տէրն էր ասել, այդ մարդկանց ուղարկեց Փառանի անապատից: Նրանք բոլորը իսրայէլացիների գլխաւորներն էին:
4 Մովսէս Տէրոջը հրամանին համեմատ ղրկեց զանոնք Փառանի անապատէն։ Անոնք Իսրայէլի որդիներուն գլխաւորներն էին,
Եւ առաքեաց զնոսա Մովսէս յանապատէն Փառանու ըստ բանին Տեառն. ամենեքին արք գլխաւորք էին նոքա յորդւոցն Իսրայելի:

13:4: Եւ առաքեաց զնոսա Մովսէս յանապատէն Փառանու՝ ըստ բանին Տեառն. ամենեքին ա՛րք գլխաւորք էին նոքա յորդւոցն Իսրայէլի[1299]։ Եւ այս են անուանք նոցա։
[1299] Ոմանք. Յանապատին Փարանու՝ ըստ բա՛՛։
4 Մովսէսը, ինչպէս Տէրն էր ասել, այդ մարդկանց ուղարկեց Փառանի անապատից: Նրանք բոլորը իսրայէլացիների գլխաւորներն էին:
4 Մովսէս Տէրոջը հրամանին համեմատ ղրկեց զանոնք Փառանի անապատէն։ Անոնք Իսրայէլի որդիներուն գլխաւորներն էին,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:33: (13-4) И послал их Моисей из пустыни Фаран, по повелению Господню, и все они мужи главные у сынов Израилевых.
13:4 καὶ και and; even ταῦτα ουτος this; he τὰ ο the ὀνόματα ονομα name; notable αὐτῶν αυτος he; him τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben Σαλαμιηλ σαλαμιηλ son Ζακχουρ ζακχουρ Zakchour; Zakkhur
13:4 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֖לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these שְׁמֹותָ֑ם šᵊmôṯˈām שֵׁם name לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff רְאוּבֵ֔ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben שַׁמּ֖וּעַ šammˌûₐʕ שַׁמּוּעַ Shammua בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son זַכּֽוּר׃ zakkˈûr זַכּוּר Zaccur
13:4. de tribu Ruben Semmua filium ZecchurOf the tribe of Ruben, Sammua the son of Zechur.
3. And Moses sent them from the wilderness of Paran according to the commandment of the LORD: all of them men who were heads of the children of Israel.
13:4. from the tribe of Ruben, Shammua the son of Zaccur;
13:4. And these [were] their names: of the tribe of Reuben, Shammua the son of Zaccur.
And Moses by the commandment of the LORD sent them from the wilderness of Paran: all those men [were] heads of the children of Israel:

3: (13-4) И послал их Моисей из пустыни Фаран, по повелению Господню, и все они мужи главные у сынов Израилевых.
13:4
καὶ και and; even
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
τὰ ο the
ὀνόματα ονομα name; notable
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
Σαλαμιηλ σαλαμιηλ son
Ζακχουρ ζακχουρ Zakchour; Zakkhur
13:4
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֖לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these
שְׁמֹותָ֑ם šᵊmôṯˈām שֵׁם name
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
רְאוּבֵ֔ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
שַׁמּ֖וּעַ šammˌûₐʕ שַׁמּוּעַ Shammua
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
זַכּֽוּר׃ zakkˈûr זַכּוּר Zaccur
13:4. de tribu Ruben Semmua filium Zecchur
Of the tribe of Ruben, Sammua the son of Zechur.
13:4. from the tribe of Ruben, Shammua the son of Zaccur;
13:4. And these [were] their names: of the tribe of Reuben, Shammua the son of Zaccur.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
4: «Мужи главные», т. е. представители важнейших и почетнейших родов.
John Gill
13:4 And these were their names, of the tribe of Reuben, Shammua the son of Zaccur. From Num 13:4, there is nothing but the names of the said persons, whose sons they were, and of what tribe; and the several tribes are mentioned, not according to the order of the birth of the patriarchs, nor according to the dignity of their mothers that bore them, but, very likely, according to the order in which they were sent, two by two, to search the land; for had they gone all twelve in a body, they would have been liable to suspicion: the signification of their names is of no importance to know, and will give us no light into their characters or the reason of their choice, nor are their parents elsewhere taken notice of, nor any of them but Joshua and Caleb, of whom we shall hear more hereafter.
13:513:5: Ցեղին Ռուբինի, Սաղամիէլ որդի Աքուրայ։
5 Սրանք են նրանց անունները. Ռուբէնի ցեղից՝ Աքուրի որդի Սաղամիէլ,
5 Որոնց անունները ասոնք են՝
Եւ այս են անուանք նոցա. ցեղին Ռուբենի, Սաղամիէլ որդի Զաքուրայ:

13:5: Ցեղին Ռուբինի, Սաղամիէլ որդի Աքուրայ։
5 Սրանք են նրանց անունները. Ռուբէնի ցեղից՝ Աքուրի որդի Սաղամիէլ,
5 Որոնց անունները ասոնք են՝
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:44: (13-5) Вот имена их: из колена Рувимова Саммуа, сын Закхуров,
13:5 τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Συμεων συμεων Symeōn; Simeon Σαφατ σαφατ son Σουρι σουρι Souri; Suri
13:5 לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff שִׁמְעֹ֔ון šimʕˈôn שִׁמְעֹון Simeon שָׁפָ֖ט šāfˌāṭ שָׁפָט Shaphat בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son חֹורִֽי׃ ḥôrˈî חֹרִי Hori
13:5. de tribu Symeon Saphat filium HuriOf the tribe of Simeon, Saphat the son of Huri.
4. And these were their names: of the tribe of Reuben, Shammua the son of Zaccur.
13:5. from the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori;
13:5. Of the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori.
And these [were] their names: of the tribe of Reuben, Shammua the son of Zaccur:

4: (13-5) Вот имена их: из колена Рувимова Саммуа, сын Закхуров,
13:5
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Συμεων συμεων Symeōn; Simeon
Σαφατ σαφατ son
Σουρι σουρι Souri; Suri
13:5
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
שִׁמְעֹ֔ון šimʕˈôn שִׁמְעֹון Simeon
שָׁפָ֖ט šāfˌāṭ שָׁפָט Shaphat
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
חֹורִֽי׃ ḥôrˈî חֹרִי Hori
13:5. de tribu Symeon Saphat filium Huri
Of the tribe of Simeon, Saphat the son of Huri.
13:5. from the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori;
13:5. Of the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
13:5 Of the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori. See Gill on Num 13:4.
13:613:6: Ցեղին Շմաւոնի, Սափատ որդի Սուրեայ։
6 Շմաւոնի ցեղից՝ Սուրիի որդի Սափատ,
6 Ռուբէնի ցեղէն՝ Զաքուրին որդին Սամուան, Շմաւոնի ցեղէն՝ Քոռիին որդին Սափատը,
ցեղին Շմաւոնի, Սափատ որդի Քուրեայ:

13:6: Ցեղին Շմաւոնի, Սափատ որդի Սուրեայ։
6 Շմաւոնի ցեղից՝ Սուրիի որդի Սափատ,
6 Ռուբէնի ցեղէն՝ Զաքուրին որդին Սամուան, Շմաւոնի ցեղէն՝ Քոռիին որդին Սափատը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:55: (13-6) из колена Симеонова Сафат, сын Хориев,
13:6 τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha Χαλεβ χαλεβ son Ιεφοννη ιεφοννη Iephonnē; Iefonni
13:6 לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff יְהוּדָ֔ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah כָּלֵ֖ב kālˌēv כָּלֵב Caleb בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son יְפֻנֶּֽה׃ yᵊfunnˈeh יְפֻנֶּה Jephunneh
13:6. de tribu Iuda Chaleb filium IepphonneOf the tribe of Juda, Caleb the son of Jephone.
5. Of the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori.
13:6. from the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh;
13:6. Of the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh.
Of the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori:

5: (13-6) из колена Симеонова Сафат, сын Хориев,
13:6
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
Χαλεβ χαλεβ son
Ιεφοννη ιεφοννη Iephonnē; Iefonni
13:6
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
יְהוּדָ֔ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
כָּלֵ֖ב kālˌēv כָּלֵב Caleb
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
יְפֻנֶּֽה׃ yᵊfunnˈeh יְפֻנֶּה Jephunneh
13:6. de tribu Iuda Chaleb filium Iepphonne
Of the tribe of Juda, Caleb the son of Jephone.
13:6. from the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh;
13:6. Of the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:6: Caleb: Num 13:30, Num 14:6, Num 14:24, Num 14:30, Num 14:38, Num 26:65, Num 27:15-23, Num 34:19; Deu 31:7-17; Jos 14:6-15; Jos 15:13-19; Luk 1:10-15; Ch1 4:15
John Gill
13:6 Of the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh. See Gill on Num 13:4.
13:713:7: Ցեղին Յուդայ, Քաղէբ որդի Յեփոնեայ։
7 Յուդայի ցեղից՝ Յեփոնէի որդի Քաղէբ,
7 Յուդայի ցեղէն՝ Յեբոնէին որդին Քաղէբը,
ցեղին Յուդայ, Քաղէբ որդի Յեփոնեայ:

13:7: Ցեղին Յուդայ, Քաղէբ որդի Յեփոնեայ։
7 Յուդայի ցեղից՝ Յեփոնէի որդի Քաղէբ,
7 Յուդայի ցեղէն՝ Յեբոնէին որդին Քաղէբը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:66: (13-7) из колена Иудина Халев, сын Иефонниин,
13:7 τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Ισσαχαρ ισσαχαρ Issachar; Issakhar Ιγααλ ιγααλ son Ιωσηφ ιωσηφ Iōsēph; Iosif
13:7 לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff יִשָּׂשכָ֔ר yiśśāŝḵˈār יִשָּׂשׂכָר Issachar יִגְאָ֖ל yiḡʔˌāl יִגְאָל Igal בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son יֹוסֵֽף׃ yôsˈēf יֹוסֵף Joseph
13:7. de tribu Isachar Igal filium IosephOf the tribe of Juda, Caleb the son of Jephone.
6. Of the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh.
13:7. from the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph;
13:7. Of the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph.
Of the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh:

6: (13-7) из колена Иудина Халев, сын Иефонниин,
13:7
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Ισσαχαρ ισσαχαρ Issachar; Issakhar
Ιγααλ ιγααλ son
Ιωσηφ ιωσηφ Iōsēph; Iosif
13:7
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
יִשָּׂשכָ֔ר yiśśāŝḵˈār יִשָּׂשׂכָר Issachar
יִגְאָ֖ל yiḡʔˌāl יִגְאָל Igal
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
יֹוסֵֽף׃ yôsˈēf יֹוסֵף Joseph
13:7. de tribu Isachar Igal filium Ioseph
Of the tribe of Juda, Caleb the son of Jephone.
13:7. from the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph;
13:7. Of the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
13:7 Of the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph. See Gill on Num 13:4.
13:813:8: Ցեղին Իսաքարայ, Գաղամ որդի Յովսեփայ։
8 Իսաքարի ցեղից՝ Յովսէփի որդի Գաղամ,
8 Իսաքարի ցեղէն՝ Յովսէփին որդին Իգաղը,
ցեղին Իսաքարայ, Գաղամ որդի Յովսեփայ:

13:8: Ցեղին Իսաքարայ, Գաղամ որդի Յովսեփայ։
8 Իսաքարի ցեղից՝ Յովսէփի որդի Գաղամ,
8 Իսաքարի ցեղէն՝ Յովսէփին որդին Իգաղը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:77: (13-8) из колена Иссахарова Игал, сын Иосифов,
13:8 τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Εφραιμ εφραιμ Ephraim; Efrem Αυση αυση son Ναυη ναυη Nauē; Nai
13:8 לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֥ה maṭṭˌē מַטֶּה staff אֶפְרָ֖יִם ʔefrˌāyim אֶפְרַיִם Ephraim הֹושֵׁ֥עַ hôšˌēₐʕ הֹושֵׁעַ Hosea בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son נֽוּן׃ nˈûn נוּן Nun
13:8. de tribu Ephraim Osee filium NunOf the tribe of Ephraim, Osee the son of Nun.
7. Of the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph.
13:8. from the tribe of Ephraim, Hosea the son of Nun;
13:8. Of the tribe of Ephraim, Oshea the son of Nun.
Of the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph:

7: (13-8) из колена Иссахарова Игал, сын Иосифов,
13:8
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Εφραιμ εφραιμ Ephraim; Efrem
Αυση αυση son
Ναυη ναυη Nauē; Nai
13:8
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֥ה maṭṭˌē מַטֶּה staff
אֶפְרָ֖יִם ʔefrˌāyim אֶפְרַיִם Ephraim
הֹושֵׁ֥עַ hôšˌēₐʕ הֹושֵׁעַ Hosea
בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son
נֽוּן׃ nˈûn נוּן Nun
13:8. de tribu Ephraim Osee filium Nun
Of the tribe of Ephraim, Osee the son of Nun.
13:8. from the tribe of Ephraim, Hosea the son of Nun;
13:8. Of the tribe of Ephraim, Oshea the son of Nun.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:8: Oshea: Num 13:16, Jehoshua, Num 11:28, Num 27:18-22; Exo 17:9-13, Exo 24:13, Exo 32:17; Deu 31:7, Deu 31:8, Deu 31:14, Deu 31:23, Deu 34:9; Jos 1:1-9, Jos 1:16, Jos 24:1-33, Joshua
John Gill
13:8 Of the tribe of Ephraim, Oshea the son of Nun. See Gill on Num 13:4.
John Wesley
13:8 Oshea - Called also Joshua, Num 13:16.
13:913:9: Ցեղին Եփրեմայ, Աւսէս որդի Նաւեայ։
9 Եփրեմի ցեղից՝ Նաւէի որդի Օսէս,
9 Եփրեմի ցեղէն՝ Նաւէին որդին Օսէսը,
ցեղին Եփրեմայ, Աւսէս որդի Նաւեայ:

13:9: Ցեղին Եփրեմայ, Աւսէս որդի Նաւեայ։
9 Եփրեմի ցեղից՝ Նաւէի որդի Օսէս,
9 Եփրեմի ցեղէն՝ Նաւէին որդին Օսէսը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:88: (13-9) из колена Ефремова Осия, сын Навин,
13:9 τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin Φαλτι φαλτι son Ραφου ραφου Raphou; Rhafu
13:9 לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff בִנְיָמִ֔ן vinyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin פַּלְטִ֖י palṭˌî פַּלְטִי Palti בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son רָפֽוּא׃ rāfˈû רָפוּא Raphu
13:9. de tribu Beniamin Phalti filium RaphuOf the tribe of Benjamin, Phalti the son of Raphu.
8. Of the tribe of Ephraim, Hoshea the son of Nun.
13:9. from the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Raphu;
13:9. Of the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Raphu.
Of the tribe of Ephraim, Oshea the son of Nun:

8: (13-9) из колена Ефремова Осия, сын Навин,
13:9
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
Φαλτι φαλτι son
Ραφου ραφου Raphou; Rhafu
13:9
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
בִנְיָמִ֔ן vinyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
פַּלְטִ֖י palṭˌî פַּלְטִי Palti
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
רָפֽוּא׃ rāfˈû רָפוּא Raphu
13:9. de tribu Beniamin Phalti filium Raphu
Of the tribe of Benjamin, Phalti the son of Raphu.
13:9. from the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Raphu;
13:9. Of the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Raphu.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
13:9 Of the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Raphu. See Gill on Num 13:4.
13:1013:10: Ցեղին Բենիամինի, Փաղտի որդի Ռափուայ։
10 Բենիամինի ցեղից՝ Ռափուի որդի Փաղտի,
10 Բենիամինի ցեղէն՝ Ռափուին որդին Փաղտին,
ցեղին Բենիամինի, Փաղտի որդի Ռափուայ:

13:10: Ցեղին Բենիամինի, Փաղտի որդի Ռափուայ։
10 Բենիամինի ցեղից՝ Ռափուի որդի Փաղտի,
10 Բենիամինի ցեղէն՝ Ռափուին որդին Փաղտին,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:99: (13-10) из колена Вениаминова Фалтий, сын Рафуев,
13:10 τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Ζαβουλων ζαβουλων Zaboulōn; Zavulon Γουδιηλ γουδιηλ son Σουδι σουδι Soudi; Suthi
13:10 לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff זְבוּלֻ֔ן zᵊvûlˈun זְבוּלֻן Zebulun גַּדִּיאֵ֖ל gaddîʔˌēl גַּדִּיאֵל Gaddiel בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son סֹודִֽי׃ sôḏˈî סֹודִי Sodi
13:10. de tribu Zabulon Geddihel filium SodiOf the tribe of Zabulon, Geddiel the son of Sodi.
9. Of the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Raphu.
13:10. from the tribe of Zebulon, Gaddiel the son of Sodi;
13:10. Of the tribe of Zebulun, Gaddiel the son of Sodi.
Of the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Raphu:

9: (13-10) из колена Вениаминова Фалтий, сын Рафуев,
13:10
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Ζαβουλων ζαβουλων Zaboulōn; Zavulon
Γουδιηλ γουδιηλ son
Σουδι σουδι Soudi; Suthi
13:10
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
זְבוּלֻ֔ן zᵊvûlˈun זְבוּלֻן Zebulun
גַּדִּיאֵ֖ל gaddîʔˌēl גַּדִּיאֵל Gaddiel
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
סֹודִֽי׃ sôḏˈî סֹודִי Sodi
13:10. de tribu Zabulon Geddihel filium Sodi
Of the tribe of Zabulon, Geddiel the son of Sodi.
13:10. from the tribe of Zebulon, Gaddiel the son of Sodi;
13:10. Of the tribe of Zebulun, Gaddiel the son of Sodi.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
13:10 Of the tribe of Zebulun, Gaddiel the son of Sodi. See Gill on Num 13:4.
13:1113:11: Ցեղին Զաբուղոնի, Յուդիէլ որդի Սուդիայ։
11 Զաբուղոնի ցեղից՝ Սուդիի որդի Յուդիէլ,
11 Զաբուղոնի ցեղէն՝ Սուդիին որդին Գեդդիէլը,
ցեղին Զաբուղոնի, Յուդիէլ որդի Սուդիայ:

13:11: Ցեղին Զաբուղոնի, Յուդիէլ որդի Սուդիայ։
11 Զաբուղոնի ցեղից՝ Սուդիի որդի Յուդիէլ,
11 Զաբուղոնի ցեղէն՝ Սուդիին որդին Գեդդիէլը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1010: (13-11) из колена Завулонова Гаддиил, сын Содиев,
13:11 τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Ιωσηφ ιωσηφ Iōsēph; Iosif τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis Γαδδι γαδδι son Σουσι σουσι Sousi; Susi
13:11 לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֥ה maṭṭˌē מַטֶּה staff יֹוסֵ֖ף yôsˌēf יֹוסֵף Joseph לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh גַּדִּ֖י gaddˌî גַּדִּי Gaddi בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son סוּסִֽי׃ sûsˈî סוּסִי Susi
13:11. de tribu Ioseph sceptri Manasse Gaddi filium SusiOf the tribe of Joseph, of the sceptre of Manasses, Gaddi the son of Susi.
10. Of the tribe of Zebulun, Gaddiel the son of Sodi.
13:11. from the tribe of Joseph, of the scepter of Manasseh, Gaddi the son of Susi;
13:11. Of the tribe of Joseph, [namely], of the tribe of Manasseh, Gaddi the son of Susi.
Of the tribe of Zebulun, Gaddiel the son of Sodi:

10: (13-11) из колена Завулонова Гаддиил, сын Содиев,
13:11
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Ιωσηφ ιωσηφ Iōsēph; Iosif
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
Γαδδι γαδδι son
Σουσι σουσι Sousi; Susi
13:11
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֥ה maṭṭˌē מַטֶּה staff
יֹוסֵ֖ף yôsˌēf יֹוסֵף Joseph
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
גַּדִּ֖י gaddˌî גַּדִּי Gaddi
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
סוּסִֽי׃ sûsˈî סוּסִי Susi
13:11. de tribu Ioseph sceptri Manasse Gaddi filium Susi
Of the tribe of Joseph, of the sceptre of Manasses, Gaddi the son of Susi.
13:11. from the tribe of Joseph, of the scepter of Manasseh, Gaddi the son of Susi;
13:11. Of the tribe of Joseph, [namely], of the tribe of Manasseh, Gaddi the son of Susi.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
13:11 Of the tribe of Joseph, namely, of the tribe of Manasseh,
Gaddi the son of Susi. See Gill on Num 13:4.
John Wesley
13:11 Of Joseph - The name of Joseph is elsewhere appropriated to Ephraim, here to Manasseh; possibly to aggravate the sin of the ruler of this tribe, who did so basely degenerate from his noble ancestor.
13:1213:12: Ցեղին Յովսեփայ՝ որդւոցն Մանասէի, Գադդէ որդի Սուսայ։
12 Յովսէփի ցեղից՝ Մանասէի յետնորդներից՝ Գադդէ, որ որդին է Սուսիի,
12 Յովսէփի ցեղէն՝ այսինքն Մանասէի ցեղէն՝ Սուսիի որդին Գադդին,
ցեղին Յովսեփայ` որդւոցն Մանասէի, Գադդէ որդի Սուսայ:

13:12: Ցեղին Յովսեփայ՝ որդւոցն Մանասէի, Գադդէ որդի Սուսայ։
12 Յովսէփի ցեղից՝ Մանասէի յետնորդներից՝ Գադդէ, որ որդին է Սուսիի,
12 Յովսէփի ցեղէն՝ այսինքն Մանասէի ցեղէն՝ Սուսիի որդին Գադդին,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1111: (13-12) из колена Иосифова от Манассии Гаддий, сын Сусиев,
13:12 τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Δαν δαν son Γαμαλι γαμαλι Gamali
13:12 לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff דָ֔ן ḏˈān דָּן Dan עַמִּיאֵ֖ל ʕammîʔˌēl עַמִּיאֵל Ammiel בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son גְּמַלִּֽי׃ gᵊmallˈî גְּמַלִּי Gemalli
13:12. de tribu Dan Ammihel filium GemalliOf the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli.
11. Of the tribe of Joseph, , of the tribe of Manasseh, Gaddi the son of Susi.
13:12. from the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli;
13:12. Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli.
Of the tribe of Joseph, [namely], of the tribe of Manasseh, Gaddi the son of Susi:

11: (13-12) из колена Иосифова от Манассии Гаддий, сын Сусиев,
13:12
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Δαν δαν son
Γαμαλι γαμαλι Gamali
13:12
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
דָ֔ן ḏˈān דָּן Dan
עַמִּיאֵ֖ל ʕammîʔˌēl עַמִּיאֵל Ammiel
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
גְּמַלִּֽי׃ gᵊmallˈî גְּמַלִּי Gemalli
13:12. de tribu Dan Ammihel filium Gemalli
Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli.
13:12. from the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli;
13:12. Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
13:12 Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli. See Gill on Num 13:4.
13:1313:13: Ցեղին Դանայ, Ամիէլ որդի Գամայի։
13 Դանի ցեղից՝ Գամայի որդի Ամիէլ,
13 Դանի ցեղէն՝ Գամաղիին որդին Ամիէլը,
ցեղին Դանայ, Ամիէլ որդի Գամայի:

13:13: Ցեղին Դանայ, Ամիէլ որդի Գամայի։
13 Դանի ցեղից՝ Գամայի որդի Ամիէլ,
13 Դանի ցեղէն՝ Գամաղիին որդին Ամիէլը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1212: (13-13) из колена Данова Аммиил, сын Гемаллиев,
13:13 τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Ασηρ ασηρ Asēr; Asir Σαθουρ σαθουρ son Μιχαηλ μιχαηλ Michaēl; Mikhel
13:13 לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff אָשֵׁ֔ר ʔāšˈēr אָשֵׁר Asher סְת֖וּר sᵊṯˌûr סְתוּר Sethur בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son מִיכָאֵֽל׃ mîḵāʔˈēl מִיכָאֵל Michael
13:13. de tribu Aser Sthur filium MichahelOf the tribe of Aser, Sthur the son of Michael.
12. Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli.
13:13. from the tribe of Asher, Sethur the son of Michael;
13:13. Of the tribe of Asher, Sethur the son of Michael.
Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli:

12: (13-13) из колена Данова Аммиил, сын Гемаллиев,
13:13
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Ασηρ ασηρ Asēr; Asir
Σαθουρ σαθουρ son
Μιχαηλ μιχαηλ Michaēl; Mikhel
13:13
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
אָשֵׁ֔ר ʔāšˈēr אָשֵׁר Asher
סְת֖וּר sᵊṯˌûr סְתוּר Sethur
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
מִיכָאֵֽל׃ mîḵāʔˈēl מִיכָאֵל Michael
13:13. de tribu Aser Sthur filium Michahel
Of the tribe of Aser, Sthur the son of Michael.
13:13. from the tribe of Asher, Sethur the son of Michael;
13:13. Of the tribe of Asher, Sethur the son of Michael.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:13: Sethur, the son of Michael - It would have been strange had the numerous searches after the explanation of the mystical number 666, Rev 13:18; Rev 17:5, met with nothing to their purpose in the name of this son of Michael. סתור Sethur, from סתר sathar, to hide or conceal, signifies hidden or mysterious, and includes in it the numerical letters of the No. 666: ס60, + ת400, + ו6, + ר200, = 666. But of what utility can such expositions be to any subject of history or theology?
John Gill
13:13 Of the tribe of Asher, Sethur the son of Michael. See Gill on Num 13:4.
13:1413:14: Ցեղին Ասերայ, Սաթուր որդի Միքայելի։
14 Ասերի ցեղից՝ Միքայէլի որդի Սաթուր,
14 Ասերի ցեղէն՝ Միքայէլի որդին Սաթուրը
ցեղին Ասերայ, Սաթուր որդի Միքայելի:

13:14: Ցեղին Ասերայ, Սաթուր որդի Միքայելի։
14 Ասերի ցեղից՝ Միքայէլի որդի Սաթուր,
14 Ասերի ցեղէն՝ Միքայէլի որդին Սաթուրը
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1313: (13-14) из колена Асирова Сефур, сын Михаилев,
13:14 τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Νεφθαλι νεφθαλειμ Nephthaleim; Nefthalim Ναβι ναβι son Ιαβι ιαβι Iabi; Iavi
13:14 לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff נַפְתָּלִ֔י naftālˈî נַפְתָּלִי Naphtali נַחְבִּ֖י naḥbˌî נַחְבִּי Nahbi בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son וָפְסִֽי׃ wofsˈî וָפְסִי Vophsi
13:14. de tribu Nepthali Naabbi filium VaphsiOf the tribe of Nephtali, Nahabi the son of Vapsi.
13. Of the tribe of Asher, Sethur the son of Michael.
13:14. from the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the son of Vophsi;
13:14. Of the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the son of Vophsi.
Of the tribe of Asher, Sethur the son of Michael:

13: (13-14) из колена Асирова Сефур, сын Михаилев,
13:14
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Νεφθαλι νεφθαλειμ Nephthaleim; Nefthalim
Ναβι ναβι son
Ιαβι ιαβι Iabi; Iavi
13:14
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
נַפְתָּלִ֔י naftālˈî נַפְתָּלִי Naphtali
נַחְבִּ֖י naḥbˌî נַחְבִּי Nahbi
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
וָפְסִֽי׃ wofsˈî וָפְסִי Vophsi
13:14. de tribu Nepthali Naabbi filium Vaphsi
Of the tribe of Nephtali, Nahabi the son of Vapsi.
13:14. from the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the son of Vophsi;
13:14. Of the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the son of Vophsi.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
13:14 Of the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the son of Vophsi. See Gill on Num 13:4.
13:1513:15: Ցեղին Նեփթաղիմայ, Աբի որդի Յաբիայ։
15 Նեփթաղիմի ցեղից՝ Յաբիի որդի Աբի,
15 Նեփթաղիմի ցեղէն՝ Վափսիին որդին Նաբին,
ցեղին Նեփթաղիմայ, Աբի որդի Յաբիայ:

13:15: Ցեղին Նեփթաղիմայ, Աբի որդի Յաբիայ։
15 Նեփթաղիմի ցեղից՝ Յաբիի որդի Աբի,
15 Նեփթաղիմի ցեղէն՝ Վափսիին որդին Նաբին,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1414: (13-15) из колена Неффалимова Нахбий, сын Вофсиев,
13:15 τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath Γουδιηλ γουδιηλ son Μακχι μακχι Makchi; Makkhi
13:15 לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff גָ֔ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad גְּאוּאֵ֖ל gᵊʔûʔˌēl גְּאוּאֵל Geuel בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son מָכִֽי׃ māḵˈî מָכִי Maki
13:15. de tribu Gad Guhel filium MachiOf the tribe of Gad, Guel the son of Machi.
14. Of the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the son of Vophsi.
13:15. from the tribe of Gad, Guel the son of Machi.
13:15. Of the tribe of Gad, Geuel the son of Machi.
Of the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the son of Vophsi:

14: (13-15) из колена Неффалимова Нахбий, сын Вофсиев,
13:15
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
Γουδιηλ γουδιηλ son
Μακχι μακχι Makchi; Makkhi
13:15
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֣ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
גָ֔ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad
גְּאוּאֵ֖ל gᵊʔûʔˌēl גְּאוּאֵל Geuel
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
מָכִֽי׃ māḵˈî מָכִי Maki
13:15. de tribu Gad Guhel filium Machi
Of the tribe of Gad, Guel the son of Machi.
13:15. from the tribe of Gad, Guel the son of Machi.
13:15. Of the tribe of Gad, Geuel the son of Machi.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
13:15 Of the tribe of Gad, Geuel the son of Machi. See Gill on Num 13:4.
13:1613:16: Ցեղին Գադայ, Գուդիէլ որդի Մակքեայ։
16 Գադի ցեղից՝ Մակքիի որդի Գուդիէլ:
16 Գադի ցեղէն՝ Մաքքիին որդին Գուէլը։
ցեղին Գադայ, Գուդիէլ որդի Մակքեայ:

13:16: Ցեղին Գադայ, Գուդիէլ որդի Մակքեայ։
16 Գադի ցեղից՝ Մակքիի որդի Գուդիէլ:
16 Գադի ցեղէն՝ Մաքքիին որդին Գուէլը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1515: (13-16) из колена Гадова Геуил, сын Махиев.
13:16 ταῦτα ουτος this; he τὰ ο the ὀνόματα ονομα name; notable τῶν ο the ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband οὓς ος who; what ἀπέστειλεν αποστελλω send off / away Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs κατασκέψασθαι κατασκεπτομαι the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even ἐπωνόμασεν επονομαζω named Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τὸν ο the Αυση αυση son Ναυη ναυη Iēsous; Iisus
13:16 אֵ֚לֶּה ˈʔēlleh אֵלֶּה these שְׁמֹ֣ות šᵊmˈôṯ שֵׁם name הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֲנָשִׁ֔ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] שָׁלַ֥ח šālˌaḥ שׁלח send מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לָ lā לְ to ת֣וּר ṯˈûr תור spy אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וַ wa וְ and יִּקְרָ֥א yyiqrˌā קרא call מֹשֶׁ֛ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לְ lᵊ לְ to הֹושֵׁ֥עַ hôšˌēₐʕ הֹושֵׁעַ Hosea בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son נ֖וּן nˌûn נוּן Nun יְהֹושֻֽׁעַ׃ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
13:16. haec sunt nomina virorum quos misit Moses ad considerandam terram vocavitque Osee filium Nun IosueThese are the names of the men, whom Moses sent to view the land: and he called Osee the son of Nun, Josue.
15. Of the tribe of Gad, Geuel the son of Machi.
13:16. These are the names of the men, whom Moses sent to examine the land. And he called Hosea, the son of Nun, Joshua.
13:16. These [are] the names of the men which Moses sent to spy out the land. And Moses called Oshea the son of Nun Jehoshua.
Of the tribe of Gad, Geuel the son of Machi:

15: (13-16) из колена Гадова Геуил, сын Махиев.
13:16
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
τὰ ο the
ὀνόματα ονομα name; notable
τῶν ο the
ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband
οὓς ος who; what
ἀπέστειλεν αποστελλω send off / away
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
κατασκέψασθαι κατασκεπτομαι the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
ἐπωνόμασεν επονομαζω named
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τὸν ο the
Αυση αυση son
Ναυη ναυη Iēsous; Iisus
13:16
אֵ֚לֶּה ˈʔēlleh אֵלֶּה these
שְׁמֹ֣ות šᵊmˈôṯ שֵׁם name
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֲנָשִׁ֔ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שָׁלַ֥ח šālˌaḥ שׁלח send
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לָ לְ to
ת֣וּר ṯˈûr תור spy
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקְרָ֥א yyiqrˌā קרא call
מֹשֶׁ֛ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הֹושֵׁ֥עַ hôšˌēₐʕ הֹושֵׁעַ Hosea
בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son
נ֖וּן nˌûn נוּן Nun
יְהֹושֻֽׁעַ׃ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
13:16. haec sunt nomina virorum quos misit Moses ad considerandam terram vocavitque Osee filium Nun Iosue
These are the names of the men, whom Moses sent to view the land: and he called Osee the son of Nun, Josue.
13:16. These are the names of the men, whom Moses sent to examine the land. And he called Hosea, the son of Nun, Joshua.
13:16. These [are] the names of the men which Moses sent to spy out the land. And Moses called Oshea the son of Nun Jehoshua.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:16: And Moses called Oshea Jehoshua - Oshea, Heb. הושע should be written Hoshea: the word signifies saved, or a savior, or salvation; but יהושע, he shall save, or the salvation of God; a letter, says Calmet, of the incommunicable name of God, being added to his former name. This was not the first time in which he had the name Joshua; see Exo 17:9 (note), and the note there. Some suppose he had this change of name in consequence of his victory over Amalek; see Exo 17:13, Exo 17:14.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:16: Oshea, Hoshea, or Hosea, the name also of the last king of Israel and the first minor prophet, means "deliverance" or and by the hand of him who bore the title of "God's salvation." Jehoshua was contracted (compare Neh 8:17) into Jeshua.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:16: Oshea: Hos 1:1; Rom 9:25
Jehoshua: Num 13:8, Num 14:6, Num 14:30; Exo 17:9; Mat 1:21-23; Act 7:45; Heb 4:8, Jesus
Geneva 1599
13:16 These [are] the names of the (c) men whom Moses sent to spy out the land. And Moses called Oshea the son of Nun Jehoshua.
(c) Which in number were twelve according to the twelve tribes.
John Gill
13:16 These are the names of the men which Moses sent to spy out the land,.... Which is observed after the catalogue is given of them, Num 13:4; and this is repeated that their names may be taken notice of, which stand on record to the disgrace of the greater number of them, and to the honour of two only, Joshua and Caleb; and on the former the following remark is made:
and Moses called Oshea the son of Nun, Jehoshua; whether it was at this time that Moses gave him this name is not certain; if it was, then he is called so before by anticipation, for he is several times called so before this, and even the first time we hear of him, Ex 17:9; wherefore Chaskuni reads it, Moses had called; but Jarchi thinks it was now given him, and that Moses prayed for him , "Jah" or "Jehovah" save thee from the counsel of the spies: the name is the same with Jesus, as appears from Heb 4:8; and a type he was of Christ the Saviour, whose name is so called, because he saves his people from their sins, Mt 1:21; and brings them to heaven, as Joshua was the instrument of saving the Israelites and bringing them into the land of Canaan.
John Wesley
13:16 Jehoshua - Oshea notes a desire of salvation, signifying, Save we pray thee; but Jehoshua, or Joshua, includes a promise of salvation, He will save. So this was a prophecy of his succession to Moses in the government, and of the success of his arms. Joshua is the same name with Jesus, of whom Joshua was a type. He was the Saviour of God's people from the powers of Canaan, Christ from the powers of hell.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:16 Oshea--that is, "a desire of salvation." Jehoshua, by prefixing the name of God, means "divinely appointed," "head of salvation," "Saviour," the same as Jesus [Mt 1:21, Margin].
13:1713:17: Ա՛յս անուանք են արանցն՝ զոր առաքեաց Տէր լրտեսել զերկիրն Քանանացւոց. եւ անուանեաց Մովսէս զանուն Աւսեայ որդւոյ Նաւեայ՝ Յեսու։
17 Սրանք են այն մարդկանց անունները, որոնց Տէրն[22] ուղարկեց Քանանացիների երկիրը հետախուզելու: Մովսէսը Նաւէի որդի Օսէսին վերանուանեց Յեսու:[22] 22. Եբրայերէնում՝ Մովսէսը:
17 Ասոնք են այն մարդոց անունները, որոնք Մովսէս ղրկեց երկիրը լրտեսելու։ Մովսէս Նաւէին որդիին Օսէսին* անունը Յեսու* դրաւ
Այս անուանք են արանցն` զոր առաքեաց [202]Տէր լրտեսել զերկիրն Քանանացւոց. եւ անուանեաց Մովսէս զանուն Աւսեայ որդւոյ Նաւեայ` Յեսու:

13:17: Ա՛յս անուանք են արանցն՝ զոր առաքեաց Տէր լրտեսել զերկիրն Քանանացւոց. եւ անուանեաց Մովսէս զանուն Աւսեայ որդւոյ Նաւեայ՝ Յեսու։
17 Սրանք են այն մարդկանց անունները, որոնց Տէրն[22] ուղարկեց Քանանացիների երկիրը հետախուզելու: Մովսէսը Նաւէի որդի Օսէսին վերանուանեց Յեսու:
[22] 22. Եբրայերէնում՝ Մովսէսը:
17 Ասոնք են այն մարդոց անունները, որոնք Մովսէս ղրկեց երկիրը լրտեսելու։ Մովսէս Նաւէին որդիին Օսէսին* անունը Յեսու* դրաւ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1616: (13-17) Вот имена мужей, которых посылал Моисей высмотреть землю. И назвал Моисей Осию, сына Навина, Иисусом.
13:17 καὶ και and; even ἀπέστειλεν αποστελλω send off / away αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs κατασκέψασθαι κατασκεπτομαι the γῆν γη earth; land Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτούς αυτος he; him ἀνάβητε αναβαινω step up; ascend ταύτῃ ουτος this; he τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness καὶ και and; even ἀναβήσεσθε αναβαινω step up; ascend εἰς εις into; for τὸ ο the ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
13:17 וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁלַ֤ח yyišlˈaḥ שׁלח send אֹתָם֙ ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker] מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לָ lā לְ to ת֖וּר ṯˌûr תור spy אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth כְּנָ֑עַן kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say אֲלֵהֶ֗ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to עֲל֥וּ ʕᵃlˌû עלה ascend זֶה֙ zˌeh זֶה this בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the נֶּ֔גֶב nnˈeḡev נֶגֶב south וַ wa וְ and עֲלִיתֶ֖ם ʕᵃlîṯˌem עלה ascend אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the הָֽר׃ hˈār הַר mountain
13:17. misit ergo eos Moses ad considerandam terram Chanaan et dixit ad eos ascendite per meridianam plagam cumque veneritis ad montesAnd Moses sent them to view the land of Chanaan, and said to them: Go you up by the south side. And when you shall come to the mountains,
16. These are the names of the men which Moses sent to spy out the land. And Moses called Hoshea the son of Nun Joshua.
13:17. And so, Moses sent them to examine the land of Canaan, and he said to them: “Ascend by the south side. And when you arrive at the mountains,
13:17. And Moses sent them to spy out the land of Canaan, and said unto them, Get you up this [way] southward, and go up into the mountain:
These [are] the names of the men which Moses sent to spy out the land. And Moses called Oshea the son of Nun Jehoshua:

16: (13-17) Вот имена мужей, которых посылал Моисей высмотреть землю. И назвал Моисей Осию, сына Навина, Иисусом.
13:17
καὶ και and; even
ἀπέστειλεν αποστελλω send off / away
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
κατασκέψασθαι κατασκεπτομαι the
γῆν γη earth; land
Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
ἀνάβητε αναβαινω step up; ascend
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
καὶ και and; even
ἀναβήσεσθε αναβαινω step up; ascend
εἰς εις into; for
τὸ ο the
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
13:17
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁלַ֤ח yyišlˈaḥ שׁלח send
אֹתָם֙ ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker]
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לָ לְ to
ת֖וּר ṯˌûr תור spy
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
כְּנָ֑עַן kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
אֲלֵהֶ֗ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to
עֲל֥וּ ʕᵃlˌû עלה ascend
זֶה֙ zˌeh זֶה this
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
נֶּ֔גֶב nnˈeḡev נֶגֶב south
וַ wa וְ and
עֲלִיתֶ֖ם ʕᵃlîṯˌem עלה ascend
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
הָֽר׃ hˈār הַר mountain
13:17. misit ergo eos Moses ad considerandam terram Chanaan et dixit ad eos ascendite per meridianam plagam cumque veneritis ad montes
And Moses sent them to view the land of Chanaan, and said to them: Go you up by the south side. And when you shall come to the mountains,
13:17. And so, Moses sent them to examine the land of Canaan, and he said to them: “Ascend by the south side. And when you arrive at the mountains,
13:17. And Moses sent them to spy out the land of Canaan, and said unto them, Get you up this [way] southward, and go up into the mountain:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
17: С переменой имени И. Навин вступает в обязанности высшие, чем слуга при Моисее (Исх XXIV,13), становясь его ближайшим помощником.

Ошеа, Гошва или Осия означает «освобождение», «спасение». К этому термину Моисей присоединяет имя Иеговы, Иаг, предуказывая в Навине Божие орудие для спасения Израиля. В 17: ст.VIII гл. кн. Неем. имя Иагошеа произносится как Иешуа. Наше чтение «Иисус» взято из греческого перевода LXX.

По разуму свв. оо. и учит. Церкви, преемник Моисея, введший Израиль в землю обетования, был прообразом Иисуса Христа, отверзшего верующим в Него врата Царства Небесного (св. Иуст. Фил., Разг. с Триф. иуд. гл.: 34, 70, 76, 86, 100, 113; св. Кир. Иер., Сл. Огл. X; блаж. Федор.: Толк. на кн. Чис, вопр. 25; Толк. на кн. Втор, вопр. 43; Толк. на кн. Нав., вопр. 1, 3, 4, 16).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:17: Southward - Rather, "by the Negeb," or south-country; a well-defined tract of territory forming the southernmost and least fertile portion of the land of Canaan and of the subsequent inheritance of Judah. It extended northward from Kadesh to within a few miles of Hebron, and from the Dead Sea westward to the Mediterranean (see especially Jos 15:21-32).
Into the mountain - The hill-country of southern and central Canaan, mostly within the borders of Judah and Ephraim. It commences a few miles south of Hebron, and extending northward to the plain of Jezreel, runs out eventually northwest-ward into the sea in the headland of Carmel.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:17: southward: Num 13:21, Num 13:22; Gen 12:9, Gen 13:1; Jos 15:3; Jdg 1:15
the mountain: Num 14:40; Gen 14:10; Deu 1:44; Jdg 1:9, Jdg 1:19
John Gill
13:17 And Moses sent them to spy out the land of Canaan,.... He sent them from Kadeshbarnea, as Caleb affirms, Josh 14:7,
and said unto them, go ye up this way southward; pointing as it were with his finger which way they should go, even up such a hill southward; and which, as Aben Ezra observes, was not the south of the camp, but the south of the land of Canaan; and who further observes, that it is well known that Egypt, from whence the Israelites now came, was to the south of the land of Israel, of which this is a demonstration; the latitude of Egypt is less than thirty degrees, and the latitude of Jerusalem is thirty three, and the wilderness of Paran was in the south of the land of Egypt: it should be rendered by "the south", as in Num 13:22; or from the "south" (p), since the Israelites must go northward, as a learned man (q) observes, to enter into the land of Canaan: now this south part of Canaan afterwards belonged to the tribe of Judah, and lying southward, and mountainous, was dry and barren, Josh 15:1; and was, as Jarchi says, the dregs of the land of Israel; and here, as he observes, the same method was taken as merchants do, who, when they show their goods, show the worst first, and then the best:
and go up into the mountain; which was inhabited by the Amorites, Deut 1:44; and was afterwards called the mountainous or hill country of Judea, Lk 1:39.
(p) "per meridianam plagam", V. L. "hac meridiana plaga", Junius & Tremellius, Piscator. (q) Bishop Clayton's Chronology of the Hebrew Bible, p. 392.
John Wesley
13:17 Southward - Into the southern part of Canaan, which was the nearest part, and the worst too, being dry and desert, and therefore fit for them to enter and pass through with less observation. Into the mountain - Into the mountainous country, and thence into the valleys, and so take a survey of the whole land.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:17 Get you up this way . . . , and go up into the mountain--Mount Seir (Deut 1:2), which lay directly from Sinai across the wilderness of Paran, in a northeasterly direction into the southern parts of the promised land.
13:1813:18: Եւ առաքեաց զնոսա Մովսէս յանապատէն Փառանու լրտեսե՛լ զերկիրն Քանանացւոց, եւ ասէ ցնոսա. Ելէ՛ք ընդ անապատդ, եւ ամբարձա՛յք ՚ի լեառնն,
18 Մովսէսը սրանց առաքեց Փառան անապատից, որպէսզի հետախուզեն Քանանացիների երկիրը, եւ ասաց նրանց. «Անապատով բարձրացէ՛ք լեռը եւ տեսէ՛ք, թէ դա ինչ երկիր է.
18 Եւ ղրկեց զանոնք Քանանի երկիրը լրտեսելու ու ըսաւ անոնց. «Այս հարաւային կողմէն դէպի վեր երթալով, լեռը ելէ՛ք
Եւ առաքեաց զնոսա Մովսէս [203]յանապատէն Փառանու`` լրտեսել զերկիրն Քանանացւոց, եւ ասէ ցնոսա. Ելէք ընդ [204]անապատդ եւ ամբարձայք ի լեառնն:

13:18: Եւ առաքեաց զնոսա Մովսէս յանապատէն Փառանու լրտեսե՛լ զերկիրն Քանանացւոց, եւ ասէ ցնոսա. Ելէ՛ք ընդ անապատդ, եւ ամբարձա՛յք ՚ի լեառնն,
18 Մովսէսը սրանց առաքեց Փառան անապատից, որպէսզի հետախուզեն Քանանացիների երկիրը, եւ ասաց նրանց. «Անապատով բարձրացէ՛ք լեռը եւ տեսէ՛ք, թէ դա ինչ երկիր է.
18 Եւ ղրկեց զանոնք Քանանի երկիրը լրտեսելու ու ըսաւ անոնց. «Այս հարաւային կողմէն դէպի վեր երթալով, լեռը ելէ՛ք
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1717: (13-18) И послал их Моисей высмотреть землю Ханаанскую и сказал им: пойдите в эту южную страну, и взойдите на гору,
13:18 καὶ και and; even ὄψεσθε οραω view; see τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land τίς τις.1 who?; what? ἐστιν ειμι be καὶ και and; even τὸν ο the λαὸν λαος populace; population τὸν ο the ἐγκαθήμενον εγκαθημαι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him εἰ ει if; whether ἰσχυρότερός ισχυρος forceful; severe ἐστιν ειμι be ἢ η or; than ἀσθενής ασθενης infirm; ailing εἰ ει if; whether ὀλίγοι ολιγος few; sparse εἰσὶν ειμι be ἢ η or; than πολλοί πολυς much; many
13:18 וּ û וְ and רְאִיתֶ֥ם rᵊʔîṯˌem ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth מַה־ mah- מָה what הִ֑וא hˈiw הִיא she וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the עָם֙ ʕˌām עַם people הַ ha הַ the יֹּשֵׁ֣ב yyōšˈēv ישׁב sit עָלֶ֔יהָ ʕālˈeʸhā עַל upon הֶ he הֲ [interrogative] חָזָ֥ק ḥāzˌāq חָזָק strong הוּא֙ hû הוּא he הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] רָפֶ֔ה rāfˈeh רָפֶה slack הַ ha הֲ [interrogative] מְעַ֥ט mᵊʕˌaṭ מְעַט little ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he אִם־ ʔim- אִם if רָֽב׃ rˈāv רַב much
13:18. considerate terram qualis sit et populum qui habitator est eius utrum fortis sit an infirmus pauci numero an pluresView the land, of what sort it is, and the people that are the inhabitants thereof, whether they be strong or weak: few in number or many:
17. And Moses sent them to spy out the land of Canaan, and said unto them, Get you up this way by the South, and go up into the mountains:
13:18. consider the land, as to what kind it may be, and the people, who are its inhabitants, whether they may be strong or weak, whether they may be few in number or many,
13:18. And see the land, what it [is]; and the people that dwelleth therein, whether they [be] strong or weak, few or many;
And Moses sent them to spy out the land of Canaan, and said unto them, Get you up this [way] southward, and go up into the mountain:

17: (13-18) И послал их Моисей высмотреть землю Ханаанскую и сказал им: пойдите в эту южную страну, и взойдите на гору,
13:18
καὶ και and; even
ὄψεσθε οραω view; see
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
τίς τις.1 who?; what?
ἐστιν ειμι be
καὶ και and; even
τὸν ο the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
τὸν ο the
ἐγκαθήμενον εγκαθημαι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
εἰ ει if; whether
ἰσχυρότερός ισχυρος forceful; severe
ἐστιν ειμι be
η or; than
ἀσθενής ασθενης infirm; ailing
εἰ ει if; whether
ὀλίγοι ολιγος few; sparse
εἰσὶν ειμι be
η or; than
πολλοί πολυς much; many
13:18
וּ û וְ and
רְאִיתֶ֥ם rᵊʔîṯˌem ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מַה־ mah- מָה what
הִ֑וא hˈiw הִיא she
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
עָם֙ ʕˌām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּשֵׁ֣ב yyōšˈēv ישׁב sit
עָלֶ֔יהָ ʕālˈeʸhā עַל upon
הֶ he הֲ [interrogative]
חָזָ֥ק ḥāzˌāq חָזָק strong
הוּא֙ הוּא he
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
רָפֶ֔ה rāfˈeh רָפֶה slack
הַ ha הֲ [interrogative]
מְעַ֥ט mᵊʕˌaṭ מְעַט little
ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
רָֽב׃ rˈāv רַב much
13:18. considerate terram qualis sit et populum qui habitator est eius utrum fortis sit an infirmus pauci numero an plures
View the land, of what sort it is, and the people that are the inhabitants thereof, whether they be strong or weak: few in number or many:
13:18. consider the land, as to what kind it may be, and the people, who are its inhabitants, whether they may be strong or weak, whether they may be few in number or many,
13:18. And see the land, what it [is]; and the people that dwelleth therein, whether they [be] strong or weak, few or many;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
18: «В эту южную страну» Ханаана, Негеб.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:18: See the land, what it is - What sort of a Country it is; how situated; its natural advantages or disadvantages.
And the people - whether they be strong or weak - Healthy, robust, hardy men; or little, weak, and pusillanimous.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:18: Exo 3:8; Eze 34:14
John Gill
13:18 And see the land what it is, and the people that dwelleth therein,.... The situation and condition of the country, and the nature, temper, disposition, and constitution of the inhabitants, by which it might be judged whether it was a desirable thing to possess it, and whether it was practicable to subdue and take it:
whether they be strong or weak, few or many; whether able-bodied men fit for war, and of spirit, strength, and courage, or feeble and pusillanimous, weak and timorous; and whether their number was small or great, by which they would be capable of judging whether they were in a state and condition to defend themselves or not, and whether a conquest of them was easy or not; the last of the two things in the preceding clause is first particularly explained and enlarged upon, as is usual in the Hebrew language.
John Wesley
13:18 What it is - Both for largeness, and for nature and quality.
13:1913:19: եւ տեսջիք զերկիրն զի՞նչ իցէ. եւ զժողովուրդն որ նստի ՚ի նմա, եթէ զօրաւորագո՞յն իցէ՝ թէ անաւագ, եթէ սակա՞ւք իցեն՝ եթէ բազումք[1300]։ [1300] Ոմանք. Եթէ զօրագոյն իցէ՝ թէ անա՛՛։
19 այդտեղ բնակուող ժողովուրդը հզօ՞ր է արդեօք, թէ՞ առանց ղեկավարի, սակաւաթի՞ւ են, թէ՞ բազմամարդ,
19 Եւ այն երկրին ինչպէս ըլլալը ու հոն բնակող ժողովուրդին զօրաւոր կամ տկար, քիչուոր կամ շատուոր ըլլալը տեսէ՛ք
եւ տեսջիք զերկիրն զինչ իցէ, եւ զժողովուրդն որ նստի ի նմա, եթէ զօրաւորագո՞յն իցէ թէ անաւագ, եթէ սակա՞ւք իցեն եթէ բազումք:

13:19: եւ տեսջիք զերկիրն զի՞նչ իցէ. եւ զժողովուրդն որ նստի ՚ի նմա, եթէ զօրաւորագո՞յն իցէ՝ թէ անաւագ, եթէ սակա՞ւք իցեն՝ եթէ բազումք[1300]։
[1300] Ոմանք. Եթէ զօրագոյն իցէ՝ թէ անա՛՛։
19 այդտեղ բնակուող ժողովուրդը հզօ՞ր է արդեօք, թէ՞ առանց ղեկավարի, սակաւաթի՞ւ են, թէ՞ բազմամարդ,
19 Եւ այն երկրին ինչպէս ըլլալը ու հոն բնակող ժողովուրդին զօրաւոր կամ տկար, քիչուոր կամ շատուոր ըլլալը տեսէ՛ք
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1818: (13-19) и осмотрите землю, какова она, и народ живущий на ней, силен ли он или слаб, малочислен ли он или многочислен?
13:19 καὶ και and; even τίς τις.1 who?; what? ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what οὗτοι ουτος this; he ἐγκάθηνται εγκαθημαι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him εἰ ει if; whether καλή καλος fine; fair ἐστιν ειμι be ἢ η or; than πονηρά πονηρος harmful; malignant καὶ και and; even τίνες τις.1 who?; what? αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city εἰς εις into; for ἃς ος who; what οὗτοι ουτος this; he κατοικοῦσιν κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in αὐταῖς αυτος he; him εἰ ει if; whether ἐν εν in τειχήρεσιν τειχηρης or; than ἐν εν in ἀτειχίστοις ατειχιστος unwalled; unfortified
13:19 וּ û וְ and מָ֣ה mˈā מָה what הָ hā הַ the אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] הוּא֙ hû הוּא he יֹשֵׁ֣ב yōšˈēv ישׁב sit בָּ֔הּ bˈāh בְּ in הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] טֹובָ֥ה ṭôvˌā טֹוב good הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she אִם־ ʔim- אִם if רָעָ֑ה rāʕˈā רַע evil וּ û וְ and מָ֣ה mˈā מָה what הֶֽ hˈe הַ the עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] הוּא֙ hû הוּא he יֹושֵׁ֣ב yôšˈēv ישׁב sit בָּ bā בְּ in הֵ֔נָּה hˈēnnā הֵנָּה they הַ ha הֲ [interrogative] בְּ bbᵊ בְּ in מַֽחֲנִ֖ים mˈaḥᵃnˌîm מַחֲנֶה camp אִ֥ם ʔˌim אִם if בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִבְצָרִֽים׃ mivṣārˈîm מִבְצָר fortification
13:19. ipsa terra bona an mala urbes quales muratae an absque murisThe land itself, whether it be good or bad: what manner of cities, walled or without walls:
18. and see the land, what it is; and the people that dwelleth therein, whether they be strong or weak, whether they be few or many;
13:19. and the land itself, whether it is good or bad, what kind of cities, walled or without walls,
13:19. And what the land [is] that they dwell in, whether it [be] good or bad; and what cities [they be] that they dwell in, whether in tents, or in strong holds;
And see the land, what it [is]; and the people that dwelleth therein, whether they [be] strong or weak, few or many:

18: (13-19) и осмотрите землю, какова она, и народ живущий на ней, силен ли он или слаб, малочислен ли он или многочислен?
13:19
καὶ και and; even
τίς τις.1 who?; what?
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
ἐγκάθηνται εγκαθημαι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
εἰ ει if; whether
καλή καλος fine; fair
ἐστιν ειμι be
η or; than
πονηρά πονηρος harmful; malignant
καὶ και and; even
τίνες τις.1 who?; what?
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
εἰς εις into; for
ἃς ος who; what
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
κατοικοῦσιν κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
αὐταῖς αυτος he; him
εἰ ει if; whether
ἐν εν in
τειχήρεσιν τειχηρης or; than
ἐν εν in
ἀτειχίστοις ατειχιστος unwalled; unfortified
13:19
וּ û וְ and
מָ֣ה mˈā מָה what
הָ הַ the
אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הוּא֙ הוּא he
יֹשֵׁ֣ב yōšˈēv ישׁב sit
בָּ֔הּ bˈāh בְּ in
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
טֹובָ֥ה ṭôvˌā טֹוב good
הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
רָעָ֑ה rāʕˈā רַע evil
וּ û וְ and
מָ֣ה mˈā מָה what
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הוּא֙ הוּא he
יֹושֵׁ֣ב yôšˈēv ישׁב sit
בָּ בְּ in
הֵ֔נָּה hˈēnnā הֵנָּה they
הַ ha הֲ [interrogative]
בְּ bbᵊ בְּ in
מַֽחֲנִ֖ים mˈaḥᵃnˌîm מַחֲנֶה camp
אִ֥ם ʔˌim אִם if
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִבְצָרִֽים׃ mivṣārˈîm מִבְצָר fortification
13:19. ipsa terra bona an mala urbes quales muratae an absque muris
The land itself, whether it be good or bad: what manner of cities, walled or without walls:
13:19. and the land itself, whether it is good or bad, what kind of cities, walled or without walls,
13:19. And what the land [is] that they dwell in, whether it [be] good or bad; and what cities [they be] that they dwell in, whether in tents, or in strong holds;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:19: In tents - i. e. in open unwalled villages.
Geneva 1599
13:19 And what the land [is] that they dwell in, whether it [be] (d) good or bad; and what cities [they be] that they dwell in, whether in tents, or in strong holds;
(d) Plentiful or barren.
John Gill
13:19 And what the land is that they dwell in, whether it be good or bad,.... Whether the air is good, the climate temperate, and the earth well watered, and has good convenience of springs, fountains, and rivers, and so wholesome or healthful; or otherwise, which is the first thing they were directed to observe, though here put in the second place:
and what cities they be they dwell in, whether in tents or strong holds; whether in tents, as the Israelites now lived, and as the Kedarenes, as Aben Ezra notes, and other Arabians, who encamped in tents, or who dwelt in villages, and unwalled towns, unfortified cities, according to the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan; or whether in fortified cities, towns, and garrisons; by which it would appear whether it would be easy to come at them, and fall upon them, or difficult to subdue and conquer them; for if their cities were fortified, it would not be so easy to take them, and would require time. Jarchi thinks, that by this it might be known whether they were men of strength and courage, or whether weak and fearful persons; seeing if they dwelt in villages they were strong men, and depended on their own strength, but if they dwelt in fortified cities, they were weak.
John Wesley
13:19 In tents - As the Arabians did; or in unwalled villages, which, like tents, are exposed to an enemy.
13:2013:20: Եւ զի՞նչ իցէ երկիրն յորում նոքա բնակեալ իցեն, եթէ բարի՞ իցէ՝ եթէ չար. եւ զի՞նչ իցեն քաղաքքն յորս նոքա բնակեալ են. պարսպաւո՞րք են՝ եթէ անպարիսպք[1301]. [1301] Ոմանք. Պարսպաւորք իցեն՝ եթէ։
20 ի՞նչ վիճակում է այն երկիրը, որտեղ նրանք բնակւում են, այն բարեբե՞ր է, թէ՞ անբերրի, ի՞նչ վիճակում են այն քաղաքները, ուր բնակւում են նրանք, պարսպապա՞տ են դրանք, թէ՞ անպարիսպ,
20 Եւ այն երկիրը, ուր անոնք կը բնակին, ի՛նչպէս է, աղէ՞կ է թէ գէշ եւ ի՛նչպէս են այն քաղաքները, ուր անոնք կը բնակին, վրաններէ՞ բաղկացած են թէ պարսպապատ են։
եւ զի՞նչ իցէ երկիրն յորում նոքա բնակեալ իցեն, եթէ բարի՞ իցէ եթէ չար. եւ զի՞նչ իցեն քաղաքքն յորս նոքա բնակեալ են, պարսպաւո՞րք իցեն եթէ անպարիսպք:

13:20: Եւ զի՞նչ իցէ երկիրն յորում նոքա բնակեալ իցեն, եթէ բարի՞ իցէ՝ եթէ չար. եւ զի՞նչ իցեն քաղաքքն յորս նոքա բնակեալ են. պարսպաւո՞րք են՝ եթէ անպարիսպք[1301].
[1301] Ոմանք. Պարսպաւորք իցեն՝ եթէ։
20 ի՞նչ վիճակում է այն երկիրը, որտեղ նրանք բնակւում են, այն բարեբե՞ր է, թէ՞ անբերրի, ի՞նչ վիճակում են այն քաղաքները, ուր բնակւում են նրանք, պարսպապա՞տ են դրանք, թէ՞ անպարիսպ,
20 Եւ այն երկիրը, ուր անոնք կը բնակին, ի՛նչպէս է, աղէ՞կ է թէ գէշ եւ ի՛նչպէս են այն քաղաքները, ուր անոնք կը բնակին, վրաններէ՞ բաղկացած են թէ պարսպապատ են։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1919: (13-20) и какова земля, на которой он живет, хороша ли она или худа? и каковы города, в которых он живет, в шатрах ли он живет или в укреплениях?
13:20 καὶ και and; even τίς τις.1 who?; what? ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land εἰ ει if; whether πίων πιων or; than παρειμένη παριημι neglect; slack εἰ ει if; whether ἔστιν ειμι be ἐν εν in αὐτῇ αυτος he; him δένδρα δενδρον tree ἢ η or; than οὔ ου not καὶ και and; even προσκαρτερήσαντες προσκαρτερεω persist; devote λήμψεσθε λαμβανω take; get ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the καρπῶν καρπος.1 fruit τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the ἡμέραι ημερα day ἡμέραι ημερα day ἔαρος εαρ forerunner σταφυλῆς σταφυλη grapes
13:20 וּ û וְ and מָ֣ה mˈā מָה what הָ֠ hā הַ the אָרֶץ ʔārˌeṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הֲ [interrogative] שְּׁמֵנָ֨ה ššᵊmēnˌā שָׁמֵן fat הִ֜וא hˈiw הִיא she אִם־ ʔim- אִם if רָזָ֗ה rāzˈā רָזֶה lean הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] יֵֽשׁ־ yˈēš- יֵשׁ existence בָּ֥הּ bˌāh בְּ in עֵץ֙ ʕˌēṣ עֵץ tree אִם־ ʔim- אִם if אַ֔יִן ʔˈayin אַיִן [NEG] וְ wᵊ וְ and הִ֨תְחַזַּקְתֶּ֔ם hˌiṯḥazzaqtˈem חזק be strong וּ û וְ and לְקַחְתֶּ֖ם lᵊqaḥtˌem לקח take מִ mi מִן from פְּרִ֣י ppᵊrˈî פְּרִי fruit הָ hā הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ֨ hˌa הַ the יָּמִ֔ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day יְמֵ֖י yᵊmˌê יֹום day בִּכּוּרֵ֥י bikkûrˌê בִּכּוּרִים first fruits עֲנָבִֽים׃ ʕᵃnāvˈîm עֵנָב grape
13:20. humus pinguis an sterilis nemorosa an absque arboribus confortamini et adferte nobis de fructibus terrae erat autem tempus quando iam praecoquae uvae vesci possuntThe ground, fat or barren, woody or without trees. Be of good courage, and bring us of the fruits of the land. Now it was the time when the firstripe grapes are fit to be eaten.
19. and what the land is that they dwell in, whether it be good or bad; and what cities they be that they dwell in, whether in camps, or in strong holds;
13:20. the soil, rich or barren, forested or without trees. Be strong, and bring us some of the fruits of the land.” Now it was the time when the first ripe grapes were ready to be eaten.
13:20. And what the land [is], whether it [be] fat or lean, whether there be wood therein, or not. And be ye of good courage, and bring of the fruit of the land. Now the time [was] the time of the firstripe grapes.
And what the land [is] that they dwell in, whether it [be] good or bad; and what cities [they be] that they dwell in, whether in tents, or in strong holds:

19: (13-20) и какова земля, на которой он живет, хороша ли она или худа? и каковы города, в которых он живет, в шатрах ли он живет или в укреплениях?
13:20
καὶ και and; even
τίς τις.1 who?; what?
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
εἰ ει if; whether
πίων πιων or; than
παρειμένη παριημι neglect; slack
εἰ ει if; whether
ἔστιν ειμι be
ἐν εν in
αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
δένδρα δενδρον tree
η or; than
οὔ ου not
καὶ και and; even
προσκαρτερήσαντες προσκαρτερεω persist; devote
λήμψεσθε λαμβανω take; get
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
καρπῶν καρπος.1 fruit
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
ἡμέραι ημερα day
ἡμέραι ημερα day
ἔαρος εαρ forerunner
σταφυλῆς σταφυλη grapes
13:20
וּ û וְ and
מָ֣ה mˈā מָה what
הָ֠ הַ the
אָרֶץ ʔārˌeṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הֲ [interrogative]
שְּׁמֵנָ֨ה ššᵊmēnˌā שָׁמֵן fat
הִ֜וא hˈiw הִיא she
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
רָזָ֗ה rāzˈā רָזֶה lean
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
יֵֽשׁ־ yˈēš- יֵשׁ existence
בָּ֥הּ bˌāh בְּ in
עֵץ֙ ʕˌēṣ עֵץ tree
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
אַ֔יִן ʔˈayin אַיִן [NEG]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִ֨תְחַזַּקְתֶּ֔ם hˌiṯḥazzaqtˈem חזק be strong
וּ û וְ and
לְקַחְתֶּ֖ם lᵊqaḥtˌem לקח take
מִ mi מִן from
פְּרִ֣י ppᵊrˈî פְּרִי fruit
הָ הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ֨ hˌa הַ the
יָּמִ֔ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day
יְמֵ֖י yᵊmˌê יֹום day
בִּכּוּרֵ֥י bikkûrˌê בִּכּוּרִים first fruits
עֲנָבִֽים׃ ʕᵃnāvˈîm עֵנָב grape
13:20. humus pinguis an sterilis nemorosa an absque arboribus confortamini et adferte nobis de fructibus terrae erat autem tempus quando iam praecoquae uvae vesci possunt
The ground, fat or barren, woody or without trees. Be of good courage, and bring us of the fruits of the land. Now it was the time when the firstripe grapes are fit to be eaten.
13:20. the soil, rich or barren, forested or without trees. Be strong, and bring us some of the fruits of the land.” Now it was the time when the first ripe grapes were ready to be eaten.
13:20. And what the land [is], whether it [be] fat or lean, whether there be wood therein, or not. And be ye of good courage, and bring of the fruit of the land. Now the time [was] the time of the firstripe grapes.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:20: The land - whether it be fat or lean - Whether the Soil be rich or poor; which might be known by its being well wooded, and by the fruits it produced; and therefore they were desired to examine it as to the trees, etc., and to bring some of the fruits with them.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:20: The time ... of the firstripe grapes - The first grapes ripen in Palestine in July and August: the vintage is gathered in September and October. This indication of date tallies with what we should have inferred from the pRev_ious narrative. For the Israelite host had quitted Sinai on the 20th day of the second month Num 13:10, Num 13:11, or about the middle of May: since then they had spent a month at Kibroth-hattaavah and a week at Hazeroth, and had accomplished, in all, from 150 to 200 miles of march: it therefore must have been at least the beginning of July, and may have been a month later, when the spies were despatched into the land of promise.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:20: whether it be: Neh 9:25, Neh 9:35; Eze 34:14
good courage: Num 13:30, Num 13:31; Deu 31:6-8, Deu 31:23; Jos 1:6, Jos 1:9, Jos 2:3, Jos 2:22, Jos 2:23; Ch1 22:11; Heb 13:6
the firstripe: Num 13:23, Num 13:24; Mic 7:1
John Gill
13:20 And what the land is, whether it be fat or lean,.... That is, what the soil of it is, whether it be rich and fertile, or whether it be poor and barren, which would be seen by the fruits it produced, this being now the fruitful season of the year; and so the Targum of Jonathan,"and what is the praise of the land, whether its fruits are fat or lean;''plump and full, rich and juicy, or otherwise, as their grapes, olives, &c. whether it was a land flowing with milk and honey, Ex 33:3, abounding with all good things, and those of the best sort, or not:
whether there be wood thereon or not; timber for building, and other manual operations, or wood for fuel, which are great conveniences in a country; though the Targum of Jonathan interprets it of fruit-bearing trees, which bear fruits fit for eating, or not, as apples, pears, figs, pomegranates, &c.
and be ye of good courage; and not be afraid of being taken up for spies, suggesting, that the power and providence of God would protect and preserve them, in which they should put their trust, and be of good heart:
and bring of the fruit of the land; as a sample and specimen of what it brought forth, which would serve to encourage and animate the people in general, to go up and possess it:
now the time was the time of the first ripe grapes; when they and the other summer fruits were coming to their perfection; and which was a proper season to see them in, and bring a sample of them; though Chaskuni suggests, that it was a more dangerous time to bring off fruit, because the keepers of the vineyards were then there; and hence they needed strengthening, and are bid to be of good courage; the Targum of Jonathan is,"the day on which they went was the twenty ninth of the month Sivan, the time of the first ripe grapes;''and as this month answers to part of our May and part of June, and it being at the latter end of that month, it must be about the middle of June; by which we may observe the forwardness of grapes in the land of Canaan, the time of vintage now drawing nigh.
John Wesley
13:20 Fat - Rich and fertile.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:20 Now the time was the time of the first grapes--This was in August, when the first clusters are gathered. The second are gathered in September, and the third in October. The spies' absence for a period of forty days determines the grapes they brought from Eshcol to have been of the second period.
13:2113:21: եւ զի՞նչ իցէ երկիրն, պարա՛րտ իցէ՝ եթէ տկար. եթէ իցէ՞ ՚ի նմա ծառատունկ՝ եթէ ոչ. եւ ժրասջի՛ք առջի՛ք ՚ի պտղոյ երկրին։ Եւ աւուրք գարնայնո՛յ էին աւուրքն խայծուածոյ խաղողոյ։
21 ինչպիսի՞ն է հողը, պարա՞րտ է, թէ՞ անպէտք, այնտեղ ծառեր կա՞ն, թէ՞՝ ոչ: Աշխատեցէ՛ք հաւաքել երկրի պտուղներից»: Գարնան վերջն էր՝ խաղողի հասունանալու ժամանակը:
21 Երկի՞րը ինչպէս է, բերրի՞ է թէ անբեր, մէջը ծառեր կա՞ն թէ ոչ։ Ժի՛ր եղէք ու այն երկրին պտուղէն բերէ՛ք»։ Եւ այն օրերը խաղողին հասուննալու ժամանակն էր։
եւ զի՞նչ իցէ երկիրն, պարա՞րտ իցէ եթէ տկար. եթէ իցէ՞ ի նմա ծառատունկ եթէ ոչ: Եւ ժրասջիք, առջիք ի պտղոյ երկրին: Եւ [205]աւուրք գարնայնոյ էին աւուրքն`` խայծուածոյ խաղողոյ:

13:21: եւ զի՞նչ իցէ երկիրն, պարա՛րտ իցէ՝ եթէ տկար. եթէ իցէ՞ ՚ի նմա ծառատունկ՝ եթէ ոչ. եւ ժրասջի՛ք առջի՛ք ՚ի պտղոյ երկրին։ Եւ աւուրք գարնայնո՛յ էին աւուրքն խայծուածոյ խաղողոյ։
21 ինչպիսի՞ն է հողը, պարա՞րտ է, թէ՞ անպէտք, այնտեղ ծառեր կա՞ն, թէ՞՝ ոչ: Աշխատեցէ՛ք հաւաքել երկրի պտուղներից»: Գարնան վերջն էր՝ խաղողի հասունանալու ժամանակը:
21 Երկի՞րը ինչպէս է, բերրի՞ է թէ անբեր, մէջը ծառեր կա՞ն թէ ոչ։ Ժի՛ր եղէք ու այն երկրին պտուղէն բերէ՛ք»։ Եւ այն օրերը խաղողին հասուննալու ժամանակն էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2020: (13-21) и какова земля, тучна ли она или тоща? есть ли на [ней] дерева или нет? будьте смелы, и возьмите от плодов земли. Было же это ко времени созревания винограда.
13:21 καὶ και and; even ἀναβάντες αναβαινω step up; ascend κατεσκέψαντο κατασκεπτομαι the γῆν γη earth; land ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness Σιν σιν till; until Ρααβ ρααβ Rahab εἰσπορευομένων εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into Εφααθ εφααθ Ephaath; Efaath
13:21 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּעֲל֖וּ yyaʕᵃlˌû עלה ascend וַ wa וְ and יָּתֻ֣רוּ yyāṯˈurû תור spy אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִ mi מִן from מִּדְבַּר־ mmiḏbar- מִדְבָּר desert צִ֥ן ṣˌin צִן Zin עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto רְחֹ֖ב rᵊḥˌōv רְחֹב Rehob לְ lᵊ לְ to בֹ֥א vˌō בוא come חֲמָֽת׃ ḥᵃmˈāṯ חֲמָת Hamath
13:21. cumque ascendissent exploraverunt terram a deserto Sin usque Roob intrantibus EmathAnd when they were gone up, they viewed the land from the desert of Sin, unto Rohob as you enter into Emath.
20. and what the land is, whether it be fat or lean, whether there be wood therein, or not. And be ye of good courage, and bring of the fruit of the land. Now the time was the time of the firstripe grapes.
13:21. And when they had ascended, they explored the land from the desert of Sin, all the way to Rehob, as one enters into Hamath.
13:21. So they went up, and searched the land from the wilderness of Zin unto Rehob, as men come to Hamath.
And what the land [is], whether it [be] fat or lean, whether there be wood therein, or not. And be ye of good courage, and bring of the fruit of the land. Now the time [was] the time of the firstripe grapes:

20: (13-21) и какова земля, тучна ли она или тоща? есть ли на [ней] дерева или нет? будьте смелы, и возьмите от плодов земли. Было же это ко времени созревания винограда.
13:21
καὶ και and; even
ἀναβάντες αναβαινω step up; ascend
κατεσκέψαντο κατασκεπτομαι the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Σιν σιν till; until
Ρααβ ρααβ Rahab
εἰσπορευομένων εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into
Εφααθ εφααθ Ephaath; Efaath
13:21
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּעֲל֖וּ yyaʕᵃlˌû עלה ascend
וַ wa וְ and
יָּתֻ֣רוּ yyāṯˈurû תור spy
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִ mi מִן from
מִּדְבַּר־ mmiḏbar- מִדְבָּר desert
צִ֥ן ṣˌin צִן Zin
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
רְחֹ֖ב rᵊḥˌōv רְחֹב Rehob
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בֹ֥א vˌō בוא come
חֲמָֽת׃ ḥᵃmˈāṯ חֲמָת Hamath
13:21. cumque ascendissent exploraverunt terram a deserto Sin usque Roob intrantibus Emath
And when they were gone up, they viewed the land from the desert of Sin, unto Rohob as you enter into Emath.
13:21. And when they had ascended, they explored the land from the desert of Sin, all the way to Rehob, as one enters into Hamath.
13:21. So they went up, and searched the land from the wilderness of Zin unto Rehob, as men come to Hamath.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
21 So they went up, and searched the land from the wilderness of Zin unto Rehob, as men come to Hamath. 22 And they ascended by the south, and came unto Hebron; where Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai, the children of Anak, were. (Now Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt.) 23 And they came unto the brook of Eshcol, and cut down from thence a branch with one cluster of grapes, and they bare it between two upon a staff; and they brought of the pomegranates, and of the figs. 24 The place was called the brook Eshcol, because of the cluster of grapes which the children of Israel cut down from thence. 25 And they returned from searching of the land after forty days.
We have here a short account of the survey which the spies made of the promised land. 1. They went quite through it, from Zin in the south, to Rehob, near Hamath, in the north, v. 21. See ch. xxxiv. 3, 8. It is probable that they did not go altogether in a body, lest they should be suspected and taken up, which there would be the more danger of if the Canaanites knew (and one would think they could not but know) how near the Israelites were to them; but they divided themselves into several companies, and so passed unsuspected, as way-faring men. 2. They took particular notice of Hebron (v. 22), probably because near there was the field of Machpelah, where the patriarchs were buried (Gen. xxiii. 2), whose dead bodies did, as it were, keep possession of that land for their posterity. To this sepulchre they made a particular visit, and found the adjoining city in the possession of the sons of Anak, who are here named. In that place where they expected the greatest encouragements they met with the greatest discouragements. Where the bodies of their ancestors kept possession for them the giants kept possession against them. They ascended by the south, and came to Hebron, that is, "Caleb," say the Jews, "in particular," for to his being there we find express reference, Josh. xiv. 9, 12, 13. But that others of the spies were there too appears by their description of the Anakim, v. 33. 3. They brought a bunch of grapes with them, and some other of the fruits of the land, as a proof of the extraordinary goodness of the country. Probably they furnished themselves with these fruits when they were leaving the country and returning. The cluster of grapes was so large and so heavy that they hung it upon a bar, and carried it between two of them, v. 23, 24. The place whence they took it was, from this circumstance, called the valley of the cluster, that famous cluster which was to Israel both the earnest and the specimen of all the fruits of Canaan. Such are the present comforts which we have in communion with God, foretastes of the fulness of joy we expect in the heavenly Canaan. We may see by them what heaven is.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:21: From the wilderness of Zin - The place called; צן Tsin, here, is different from that called סין Sin or Seen. Exo 16:1; the latter was nigh to Egypt, but the former was near Kadesh Barnea, not far from the borders of the promised land.
"The spies having left Kadesh Barnea, which was in the desert of Paran, see Num 13:26, they proceeded to the desert of Tsin, all along the land of Canaan, nearly following the course of the river Jordan, till they came to Rehob, a city situated near Mount Libanus, at the northern extremity of the Holy Land, towards the road that leads to Hamath. Thence they returned through the midst of the same land by the borders of the Sidonians and Philistines, and passing by Mount Hebron, rendered famous by the residence of Abraham formerly, and by the gigantic descendants of Anak at that time, they passed through the valley of the brook of Eshcol, where they cut down the bunch of grapes mentioned Num 13:23, and returned to the Israelitish camp after an absence of forty days," Num 13:25. See Calmet on this place.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:21: The wilderness of Zin was the northeastern portion of the wilderness of Paran.
Rehob ("mod." Khurbeh) was probably the Beth-rehob of Jdg 18:28, near Dan-Laish; and apparently to the north of it, since it gave its name to a Syrian kingdom Sa2 8:3. The southern approach to Hamath from the plain of Coele-Syria, lay between those two ranges of Lebanon called Libanus and Antilibanus. A low screen of hills connects the northernmost points of these two ranges; and through this screen the Orontes bursts from the upper Coele-Syrian hollow into the open plain of Hamath.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:21: from the wilderness of Zin: The wilderness of Zin, is different from that called Sin (Exo 16:1). The latter was near Egypt, but the former was near Kadesh Barnea, not far from the borders of Canaan. It seems to be the valley mentioned by Burckhardt; which, under the names of El Ghor and El Araba, form a continuation of the valley of the Jordan, extending from the Dead sea to the eastern branch of the Red sea. The whole plain presents to the view an appearance of shifting sands, whose surface is broken by innumerable undulations and low hills. A few talk, tamarisk, and rethem trees grow among the sand hills; but the depth of sand precludes all vegetation of herbage. Num 20:1, Num 27:14, Num 33:36, Num 34:3, Num 34:4; Deu 32:51; Jos 15:1
Rehob: Rehob was a city, afterwards given to the tribe of Asher, situated near mount Lebanon, at the northern extremity of the Promised Land, on the road which leads to Hamath, and west of Laish or Dan. compare Jdg 1:31; Jdg 18:28; Jos 19:28.
Hamath: Sa2 8:9; Amo 6:2
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:21
Journey of the Spies; Their Return, and Report. - Num 13:21. In accordance with the instructions they had received, the men who had been sent out passed through the land, from the desert of Zin to Rehob, in the neighbourhood of Hamath, i.e., in its entire extent from south to north. The "Desert of Zin" (which occurs not only here, but in Num 20:1; Num 27:14; Num 33:36; Num 34:3-4; Deut 32:51, and Josh 15:1, Josh 15:3) was the name given to the northern edge of the great desert of Paran, viz., the broad ravine of Wady Murreh, which separates the lofty and precipitous northern border of the table-land of the Azazimeh from the southern border of the Rakhma plateau, i.e., of the southernmost plateau of the mountains of the Amorites (or the mountains of Judah), and runs from Jebel Madarah (Moddera) on the east, to the plain of Kadesh, which forms part of the desert of Zin (cf. Num 27:14; Num 33:36; Deut 32:51), on the west. The south frontier of Canaan passed through this from the southern end of the Dead Sea, along the Wady el Murreh to the Wady el Arish (Num 34:3). - "Rehob, to come (coming) to Hamath," i.e., where you enter the province of Hamath, on the northern boundary of Canaan, is hardly one of the two Rehobs in the tribe of Asher (Josh 19:28 and Josh 19:30), but most likely Beth-rehob in the tribe of Naphtali, which was in the neighbourhood of Dan Lais, the modern Tell el Kadhy (Judg 18:28), and which Robinson imagined that he had identified in the ruins of the castle of Hunin or Honin, in the village of the same name, to the south-west of Tell el Kadhy, on the range of mountains which bound the plain towards the west above Lake Huleh (Bibl. Researches, p. 371). In support of this conjecture, he laid the principal stress upon the fact that the direct road to Hamath through the Wady et Teim and the Bekaa commences here. The only circumstance which it is hard to reconcile with this conjecture is, that Beth-rehob is never mentioned in the Old Testament, with the exception of Judg 18:28, either among the fortified towns of the Canaanites or in the wars of the Israelites with the Syrians and Assyrians, and therefore does not appear to have been a place of such importance as we should naturally be led to suppose from the character of this castle, the very situation of which points to a bold, commanding fortress (see Lynch's Expedition), and where there are still remains of its original foundations built of large square stones, hewn and grooved, and reminding one of the antique and ornamental edifices of Solomon's times (cf. Ritter, Erdkunde, xv. pp. 242ff.). - Hamath is Epiphania on the Orontes, now Hamah (see at Gen 10:18).
After the general statement, that the spies went through the whole land from the southern to the northern frontier, two facts are mentioned in Num 13:22-24, which occurred in connection with their mission, and were of great importance to the whole congregation. These single incidents are linked on, however, in a truly Hebrew style, to what precedes, viz., by an imperfect with Vav consec., just in the same manner in which, in 3Kings 6:9, 3Kings 6:15, the detailed account of the building of the temple is linked on to the previous statement, that Solomon built the temple and finished it;
(Note: A comparison of 1 Kings 6, where we cannot possibly suppose that two accounts have been linked together or interwoven, is specially adapted to give us a clear view of the peculiar custom adopted by the Hebrew historians, of placing the end and ultimate result of the events they narrate as much as possible at the head of their narrative, and then proceeding with a minute account of the more important of the attendant circumstances, without paying any regard to the chronological order of the different incidents, or being at all afraid of repetitions, and so to prove how unwarrantable and false are the conclusions of those critics who press such passages into the support of their hypotheses. We have a similar passage in Josh 4:11., where, after relating that when all the people had gone through the Jordan the priests also passed through with the ark of the covenant (Josh 4:11), the historian proceeds in Josh 4:12, Josh 4:13, to describe the crossing of the two tribes and a half; and another in Judg 20, where, at the very commencement (Judg 20:35), the issue of the whole is related, viz., the defeat of the Benjamites; and then after that there is a minute description in Judg 20:36-46 of the manner in which it was effected. This style of narrative is also common in the historical works of the Arabs.)
so that the true rendering would be, "now they ascended in the south country and came to Hebron (ויּבא is apparently an error in writing for ויּבאוּ), and there were הענק ולידי, the children of Anak," three of whom are mentioned by name. These three, who were afterwards expelled by Caleb, when the land was divided and the city of Hebron was given to him for an inheritance (Josh 15:14; Judg 1:20), were descendants of Arbah, the lord of Hebron, from whom the city received its name of Kirjath-Arbah, or city of Arbah, and who is described in Josh 14:15 as "the great (i.e., the greatest) man among the Anakim," and in Josh 15:13 as the "father of Anak," i.e., the founder of the Anakite family there. For it is evident enough that הענק (Anak) is not the proper name of a man in these passages, but the name of a family or tribe, from the fact that in Num 13:33, where Anak's sons are spoken of in a general and indefinite manner, ענק בּני has not the article; also from the fact that the three Anakites who lived in Hebron are almost always called הענק ולידי, Anak's born (Num 13:22, Num 13:28), and that הענק בּני (sons of Anak), in Josh 15:14, is still further defined by the phrase הענק ולידי (children of Anak); and lastly, from the fact that in the place of "sons of Anak," we find "sons of the Anakim" in Deut 1:28 and Deut 9:2, and the "Anakim" in Deut 2:10; Deut 11:21; Josh 14:12, etc. Anak is supposed to signify long-necked; but this does not preclude the possibility of the founder of the tribe having borne this name. The origin of the Anakites is involved in obscurity. In Deut 2:10-11, they are classed with the Emim and Rephaim on account of their gigantic stature, and probably reckoned as belonging to the pre-Canaanitish inhabitants of the land, of whom it is impossible to decide whether they were of Semitic origin or descendants of Ham. It is also doubtful, whether the names found here in Num 13:21, Num 13:28, and in Josh 15:14, are the names of individuals, i.e., of chiefs of the Anakites, or the names of Anakite tribes. The latter supposition is favoured by the circumstance, that the same names occur even after the capture of Hebron by Caleb, or at least fifty years after the event referred to here. With regard to Hebron, it is still further observed in Num 13:22, that it was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt. Zoan - the Tanis of the Greeks and Romans, the San of the Arabs, which is called Jani, Jane in Coptic writings - was situated upon the eastern side of the Tanitic arm of the Nile, not far from its mouth (see Ges. Thes. p. 1177), and was the residence of Pharaoh in the time of Moses. The date of its erection is unknown; but Hebron was in existence as early as Abraham's time (Gen 13:18; Gen 23:2.).
Geneva 1599
13:21 So they went up, and searched the land from the wilderness of (e) Zin unto Rehob, as men come to Hamath.
(e) Which was in the wilderness of Paran.
John Gill
13:21 So they went up and searched the land,.... Went up the mountains as they were directed, and passed through the whole land; diligently inquired into everything material belonging to it, according to their instructions, and made their observations on it, and on the inhabitants, and their habitations:
from the wilderness of Zin unto Rehob, as men come to Hamath; this wilderness, from whence they went, seems to be the same with the wilderness of Paran, called Zin; perhaps from the multitude of thorns in it; but different from the wilderness of Sin, Ex 16:1, which was nearer Egypt; but this was on the south quarter of the land of Canaan, along by the coast of Edom, Num 34:3; Rehob, they are said to come to first from thence, was in the tribe of Asher in later times, Josh 19:28; and lay to the north or northwest of the land of Canaan. Jerom says (r), that in his times there was a village called Rooba, four miles from Scythopolis. Hamath was the northern boundary of the land of Israel, and was in the tribe of Naphtali, when it came into the hands of the Israelites, and lay to the northeast, as the former place to the northwest, Num 34:7; so that their direction, as they went, was south and north, and west and east: their journey is described by Jarchi thus; they went on the borders of it, length and breadth, in the form of the capital of the letter "gamma"; they went on the south border from the east corner to the west corner, as Moses commanded them: "get you up this way southward", Num 13:17; the way of the southeast border unto the sea, which is the western border; and from thence they returned, and went on all the western border by the sea shore, until they came to Hamath, which is by Mount Hor, at the northwest corner; but Hamath was on the northeast; nor did they go thither, it was too far off for them, but they went as far as Rehob, which was "as men go to Hamath", as it should be rendered, that is, it lay in the way to Hamath.
(r) De loc. Heb. fol. 94. A.
John Wesley
13:21 Zin - In the south of Canaan, differing from the wilderness of Sin, which was nigh unto Egypt. To Hamath - From the south they passed through the whole land to the northern parts of it; Rehob was a city in the north - west part, Hamath, a city in the north - east.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:21 So they . . . searched the land--They advanced from south to north, reconnoitering the whole land.
the wilderness of Zin--a long level plain, or deep valley of sand, the monotony of which is relieved by a few tamarisk and rethem trees. Under the names of El Ghor and El Araba, it forms the continuation of the Jordan valley, extending from the Dead Sea to the Gulf of Akaba.
Rehob--or, Beth-rehob, was a city and district situated, according to some, eastward of Sidon; and, according to others, it is the same as El Hule, an extensive and fertile champaign country, at the foot of Anti-libanus, a few leagues below Paneas.
as men come to Hamath--or, "the entering in of Hamath" (4Kings 14:25), now the valley of Balbeck, a mountain pass or opening in the northern frontier, which formed the extreme limit in that direction of the inheritance of Israel. From the mention of these places, the route of the scouts appears to have been along the course of the Jordan in their advance; and their return was by the western border through the territories of the Sidonians and Philistines.
13:2213:22: Եւ ելեալ լրտեսեցին զերկիրն յանապատէն Սինայ մինչեւ ցՐոոբ ՚ի մուտս Եփրաթայ.
22 Նրանք գնացին ու հետախուզեցին երկիրը Սինայի անապատից մինչեւ Րոոբ՝ Եփրաթի[23] մուտքը:[23] 23. Եբրայերէնում՝ Եմաթ:
22 Անոնք գացին ու այն երկիրը լրտեսեցին Սին անապատէն մինչեւ Րոոբ դէպի Եմաթ։
Եւ ելեալ լրտեսեցին զերկիրն յանապատէն Սինայ մինչեւ ցՐոոբ ի մուտս [206]Եփրաթայ:

13:22: Եւ ելեալ լրտեսեցին զերկիրն յանապատէն Սինայ մինչեւ ցՐոոբ ՚ի մուտս Եփրաթայ.
22 Նրանք գնացին ու հետախուզեցին երկիրը Սինայի անապատից մինչեւ Րոոբ՝ Եփրաթի[23] մուտքը:
[23] 23. Եբրայերէնում՝ Եմաթ:
22 Անոնք գացին ու այն երկիրը լրտեսեցին Սին անապատէն մինչեւ Րոոբ դէպի Եմաթ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2121: (13-22) Они пошли и высмотрели землю от пустыни Син даже до Рехова, близ Емафа;
13:22 καὶ και and; even ἀνέβησαν αναβαινω step up; ascend κατὰ κατα down; by τὴν ο the ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness καὶ και and; even ἦλθον ερχομαι come; go ἕως εως till; until Χεβρων χεβρων and; even ἐκεῖ εκει there Αχιμαν αχιμαν and; even Σεσσι σεσσι and; even Θελαμιν θελαμιν generation Εναχ εναχ and; even Χεβρων χεβρων seven ἔτεσιν ετος year ᾠκοδομήθη οικοδομεω build πρὸ προ before; ahead of τοῦ ο the Τάνιν τανιν Aigyptos; Eyiptos
13:22 וַ wa וְ and יַּעֲל֣וּ yyaʕᵃlˈû עלה ascend בַ va בְּ in † הַ the נֶּגֶב֮ nneḡev נֶגֶב south וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֣א yyāvˈō בוא come עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto חֶבְרֹון֒ ḥevrôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁ֤ם šˈām שָׁם there אֲחִימַן֙ ʔᵃḥîmˌan אֲחִימַן Ahiman שֵׁשַׁ֣י šēšˈay שֵׁשַׁי Sheshai וְ wᵊ וְ and תַלְמַ֔י ṯalmˈay תַּלְמַי Talmai יְלִידֵ֖י yᵊlîḏˌê יָלִיד son הָ hā הַ the עֲנָ֑ק ʕᵃnˈāq עֲנָק neck וְ wᵊ וְ and חֶבְרֹ֗ון ḥevrˈôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron שֶׁ֤בַע šˈevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven שָׁנִים֙ šānîm שָׁנָה year נִבְנְתָ֔ה nivnᵊṯˈā בנה build לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face צֹ֥עַן ṣˌōʕan צֹעַן Zoan מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
13:22. ascenderuntque ad meridiem et venerunt in Hebron ubi erant Ahiman et Sisai et Tholmai filii Enach nam Hebron septem annis ante Tanim urbem Aegypti condita estAnd they went up at the south side, and came to Hebron, where were Achiman and Sisai and Tholmai the sons of Enac. For Hebron was built seven years before Tanis the city of Egypt.
21. So they went up, and spied out the land from the wilderness of Zin unto Rehob, to the entering in of Hamath.
13:22. And they ascended by the south side. And they arrived at Hebron, where there were Ahiman and Shishai and Talmai, the sons of Anak. For Hebron was founded seven years before Tanis, the city of Egypt.
13:22. And they ascended by the south, and came unto Hebron; where Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai, the children of Anak, [were]. (Now Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt.)
So they went up, and searched the land from the wilderness of Zin unto Rehob, as men come to Hamath:

21: (13-22) Они пошли и высмотрели землю от пустыни Син даже до Рехова, близ Емафа;
13:22
καὶ και and; even
ἀνέβησαν αναβαινω step up; ascend
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὴν ο the
ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness
καὶ και and; even
ἦλθον ερχομαι come; go
ἕως εως till; until
Χεβρων χεβρων and; even
ἐκεῖ εκει there
Αχιμαν αχιμαν and; even
Σεσσι σεσσι and; even
Θελαμιν θελαμιν generation
Εναχ εναχ and; even
Χεβρων χεβρων seven
ἔτεσιν ετος year
ᾠκοδομήθη οικοδομεω build
πρὸ προ before; ahead of
τοῦ ο the
Τάνιν τανιν Aigyptos; Eyiptos
13:22
וַ wa וְ and
יַּעֲל֣וּ yyaʕᵃlˈû עלה ascend
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
נֶּגֶב֮ nneḡev נֶגֶב south
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֣א yyāvˈō בוא come
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
חֶבְרֹון֒ ḥevrôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁ֤ם šˈām שָׁם there
אֲחִימַן֙ ʔᵃḥîmˌan אֲחִימַן Ahiman
שֵׁשַׁ֣י šēšˈay שֵׁשַׁי Sheshai
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תַלְמַ֔י ṯalmˈay תַּלְמַי Talmai
יְלִידֵ֖י yᵊlîḏˌê יָלִיד son
הָ הַ the
עֲנָ֑ק ʕᵃnˈāq עֲנָק neck
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חֶבְרֹ֗ון ḥevrˈôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron
שֶׁ֤בַע šˈevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven
שָׁנִים֙ šānîm שָׁנָה year
נִבְנְתָ֔ה nivnᵊṯˈā בנה build
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
צֹ֥עַן ṣˌōʕan צֹעַן Zoan
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
13:22. ascenderuntque ad meridiem et venerunt in Hebron ubi erant Ahiman et Sisai et Tholmai filii Enach nam Hebron septem annis ante Tanim urbem Aegypti condita est
And they went up at the south side, and came to Hebron, where were Achiman and Sisai and Tholmai the sons of Enac. For Hebron was built seven years before Tanis the city of Egypt.
13:22. And they ascended by the south side. And they arrived at Hebron, where there were Ahiman and Shishai and Talmai, the sons of Anak. For Hebron was founded seven years before Tanis, the city of Egypt.
13:22. And they ascended by the south, and came unto Hebron; where Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai, the children of Anak, [were]. (Now Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt.)
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
22: «От пустыни Син». Не следует смешивать пустыню Син (Цин), о которой говорится в данном стихе, с пустыней Син на западном побережье Синайского полуострова (Исх XVI). Пустыня Цин составляет северо-восточную часть пустыни Фаран. О пустыне Фаран см. пр. к 12: ст. Х гл. кн. Чис.

Рехов (Нав ХIX:28; Суд I:31) — местность в пределах колена Асира, невдалеке от Сидона. Емаф — равнина и горный проход между отрогами Ливана и Антиливана, южнее города Емафа, расположенного в Келе-Сирии, на р. Оронте.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:22: Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt - The Zoan of the Scriptures is allowed to be the Tanis of the heathen historians, which was the capital of Lower Egypt. Some think it was to humble the pride of the Egyptians, who boasted the highest antiquity, that this note concerning the higher antiquity of Hebron was introduced by Moses. Some have supposed that it is more likely to have been originally a marginal note, which in process of time crept into the text; but all the versions and all the MSS. that have as yet been collated, acknowledge it.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:22: The progenitor of the Anakim was Arba "the father of Anak" Jos 15:13, from whom the city of Hebron took its name of Kirjath-Arba. Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai were probably not individual warriors, but names of three tribes of the Anakim. Hence, we find them still in existence half a century later, when Caleb, who now brought tidings of them, became their eventual destroyer Jos 15:14.
Now Hebron ... - This parenthesis explains that these two cities had a common founder, and were built, or perhaps, at least in the case of Zoan (Tanis, see Exo 1:8, note; Exo 2:5, note) rebuilt, by the Hyksos, to which nations, once the conquerors of Egypt, the Anakim perhaps belonged. The Hyksos fortified and garrisoned Zoan as a defense of their Eastern frontier.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:22: Ahiman: Jos 11:21, Jos 11:22, Jos 15:13, Jos 15:14; Jdg 1:10
the children: Num 13:33
Hebron: Gen 13:18, Gen 23:2; Jos 14:13-15, Jos 21:13; Sa2 2:1, Sa2 2:11
Zoan: Psa 78:12, Psa 78:43; Isa 19:11, Isa 30:4
Geneva 1599
13:22 And they ascended by the south, and came unto Hebron; where Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai, the children of (f) Anak, [were]. (Now (g) Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt.)
(f) Which were a type of giant.
(g) Declaring the antiquity of it: also Abraham, Sarah, Isaac and Jacob were buried there.
John Gill
13:22 And they ascended by the south,.... When they returned, after they had searched the land, then they came into the south country again, which was in their way to Kadesh, where the camp of Israel remained; they are said to ascend, because of the hill country they again came to; for their coming to Hebron, and carrying a cluster of grapes from that place, not far from thence, was upon their return:
and came unto Hebron; which was in the hill country of Judea, in the tribe of Judah afterwards, which before was called Kirjatharba; in the original text it is, "he came" (s), Caleb, and he only, according to Jarchi and the Rabbins in Abendana; and certain it is that he was there, and he had this place on which his feet trod given him for an inheritance, Josh 14:9; and it is very probable that the spies did not go together, but perhaps singly, and at most but two together, which seems to be the case here by what follows:
where Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai, the children of Anak, were; where Anak, and these his three sons, dwelt, who were giants; and perhaps from thence Hebron before this was called Kirjatharbah, "the city of the four"; or from Arba, the father of Anak:
now Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt; or Tanais, as the Targum of Jonathan, whence one of the nomes of Egypt was called the Tanitic nome: it was the metropolis of that country, and may be observed, to abate the pride and vanity of that kingdom, which boasted of its antiquity. Josephus says (t), that the inhabitants of Hebron not only reckoned it more ancient than any of the cities of the land, but than Memphis in Egypt, accounting it (then in his time) 2300 years old; but who it was built by is not certain; Jarchi thinks it is possible that Ham built Hebron for Canaan his younger son, before he built Zoan for Mizraim his eldest son; which does not seem likely.
(s) "et venit", Montanus, Tigurine version, Drusius, so Onkelos; "et venit Caleb", Junius & Tremellius. (t) De Bello Jud. l. 5. c. 9. sect. 7.
John Wesley
13:22 By the south - Moses having described their progress from south to north, more particularly relates some memorable places and passages. They came - Heb. He came, namely, Caleb, as appears from Josh 14:9, Josh 14:12, Josh 14:14. For the spies distributed their work among them, and went either severally, or by pairs; and it seems the survey of this part was left to Caleb. Anak - A famous giant, whole children these are called, either more generally, as all giants sometimes were, or rather more specially because Arbah, from whom Hebron was called Kiriath - arbah, was the father of Anak, Josh 15:13. And this circumstance is mentioned as an evidence of the goodness of that land, because the giants chose it for their habitation. Before Zoan - This seems to be noted to confront the Egyptians, who vainly boasted of the antiquity of their city Zoan above all places.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:22 unto Hebron--situated in the heart of the mountains of Judah, in the southern extremity of Palestine. The town or "cities of Hebron," as it is expressed in the Hebrew, consists of a number of sheikdoms distinct from each other, standing at the foot of one of those hills that form a bowl round and enclose it. "The children of Anak" mentioned in this verse seem to have been also chiefs of townships; and this coincidence of polity, existing in ages so distant from each other, is remarkable [VERE MONRO]. Hebron (Kirjath Arba, Gen 23:2) was one of the oldest cities in the world.
Zoan--(the Tanis of the Greeks) was situated on one of the eastern branches of the Nile, near the lake Menzala, and was the early royal residence of the Pharaohs. It boasted a higher antiquity than any other city in Egypt. Its name, which signifies flat and level, is descriptive of its situation in the low grounds of the Delta.
13:2313:23: ելին ընդ անապատն՝ եւ եկին մինչեւ ցՔեբրոն. եւ ա՛նդ Աքիման, եւ Սէսի, եւ Թաղամի, եւ ա՛զգքն Ենակայ. եւ Քեբրոն եւթն ամաւ յառաջագոյն շինեալ էր քան զՏայանիս Եգիպտացւոց։
23 Ապա վերադարձան անապատ եւ եկան մինչեւ Քեբրոն, որտեղ բնակւում էին Աքիմանը, Սեսին եւ Թալամին՝ Ենակի յետնորդները: Քեբրոնը եօթը տարի առաջ էր կառուցուած, քան եգիպտացիների Տայանիս բնակավայրը:
23 Հարաւային կողմէն ելան ու դէպի Քեբրոն եկան, ուր կը բնակէին Ենակի որդիները՝ Աքիման, Սէսի եւ Թոլմի։ (Քեբրոն Եգիպտոսի Տայանիս քաղաքէն եօթը տարի առաջ շինուած էր։)
Ելին ընդ [207]անապատն եւ եկին մինչեւ ցՔեբրոն. եւ անդ Աքիման եւ Սէսի եւ Թաղամի, ազգքն Ենակայ. (եւ Քեբրոն եւթն ամաւ յառաջագոյն շինեալ էր քան զՏայանիս Եգիպտացւոց:

13:23: ելին ընդ անապատն՝ եւ եկին մինչեւ ցՔեբրոն. եւ ա՛նդ Աքիման, եւ Սէսի, եւ Թաղամի, եւ ա՛զգքն Ենակայ. եւ Քեբրոն եւթն ամաւ յառաջագոյն շինեալ էր քան զՏայանիս Եգիպտացւոց։
23 Ապա վերադարձան անապատ եւ եկան մինչեւ Քեբրոն, որտեղ բնակւում էին Աքիմանը, Սեսին եւ Թալամին՝ Ենակի յետնորդները: Քեբրոնը եօթը տարի առաջ էր կառուցուած, քան եգիպտացիների Տայանիս բնակավայրը:
23 Հարաւային կողմէն ելան ու դէպի Քեբրոն եկան, ուր կը բնակէին Ենակի որդիները՝ Աքիման, Սէսի եւ Թոլմի։ (Քեբրոն Եգիպտոսի Տայանիս քաղաքէն եօթը տարի առաջ շինուած էր։)
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2222: (13-23) и пошли в южную страну, и дошли до Хеврона, где жили Ахиман, Сесай и Фалмай, дети Енаковы: Хеврон же построен был семью годами прежде Цоана, [города] Египетского;
13:23 καὶ και and; even ἤλθοσαν ερχομαι come; go ἕως εως till; until Φάραγγος φαραγξ gorge βότρυος βοτρυς cluster καὶ και and; even κατεσκέψαντο κατασκεπτομαι he; him καὶ και and; even ἔκοψαν κοπτω cut; mourn ἐκεῖθεν εκειθεν from there κλῆμα κλημα branch καὶ και and; even βότρυν βοτρυς cluster σταφυλῆς σταφυλη grapes ἕνα εις.1 one; unit ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἦραν αιρω lift; remove αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἐπ᾿ επι in; on ἀναφορεῦσιν αναφορευς and; even ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the ῥοῶν ροα and; even ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the συκῶν συκη fig tree
13:23 וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֜אוּ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi אֶשְׁכֹּ֗ל ʔeškˈōl אֶשְׁכֹּל [valley of grapes] וַ wa וְ and יִּכְרְת֨וּ yyiḵrᵊṯˌû כרת cut מִ mi מִן from שָּׁ֤ם ššˈām שָׁם there זְמֹורָה֙ zᵊmôrˌā זְמֹורָה shoot וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶשְׁכֹּ֤ול ʔeškˈôl אֶשְׁכֹּול grape עֲנָבִים֙ ʕᵃnāvîm עֵנָב grape אֶחָ֔ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one וַ wa וְ and יִּשָּׂאֻ֥הוּ yyiśśāʔˌuhû נשׂא lift בַ va בְּ in † הַ the מֹּ֖וט mmˌôṭ מֹוט bar בִּ bi בְּ in שְׁנָ֑יִם šᵊnˈāyim שְׁנַיִם two וּ û וְ and מִן־ min- מִן from הָ hā הַ the רִמֹּנִ֖ים rimmōnˌîm רִמֹּון pomegranate וּ û וְ and מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the תְּאֵנִֽים׃ ttᵊʔēnˈîm תְּאֵנָה fig
13:23. pergentesque usque ad torrentem Botri absciderunt palmitem cum uva sua quem portaverunt in vecte duo viri de malis quoque granatis et de ficis loci illius tuleruntAnd forward as far as the torrent of the cluster of grapes, they cut off a branch with its cluster of grapes, which two men carried upon a lever. They took also of the pomegranates and of the figs of that place:
22. And they went up by the South, and came unto Hebron; and Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai, the children of Anak, were there. ( Now Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt.)
13:23. And continuing on as far as the Torrent of the Cluster of Grapes, they cut off a vine with its grapes, which two men carried on a board. Likewise, they took from the pomegranates and the figs of that place,
13:23. And they came unto the brook of Eshcol, and cut down from thence a branch with one cluster of grapes, and they bare it between two upon a staff; and [they brought] of the pomegranates, and of the figs.
And they ascended by the south, and came unto Hebron; where Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai, the children of Anak, [were]. ( Now Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt:

22: (13-23) и пошли в южную страну, и дошли до Хеврона, где жили Ахиман, Сесай и Фалмай, дети Енаковы: Хеврон же построен был семью годами прежде Цоана, [города] Египетского;
13:23
καὶ και and; even
ἤλθοσαν ερχομαι come; go
ἕως εως till; until
Φάραγγος φαραγξ gorge
βότρυος βοτρυς cluster
καὶ και and; even
κατεσκέψαντο κατασκεπτομαι he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἔκοψαν κοπτω cut; mourn
ἐκεῖθεν εκειθεν from there
κλῆμα κλημα branch
καὶ και and; even
βότρυν βοτρυς cluster
σταφυλῆς σταφυλη grapes
ἕνα εις.1 one; unit
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἦραν αιρω lift; remove
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
ἀναφορεῦσιν αναφορευς and; even
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
ῥοῶν ροα and; even
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
συκῶν συκη fig tree
13:23
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֜אוּ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
אֶשְׁכֹּ֗ל ʔeškˈōl אֶשְׁכֹּל [valley of grapes]
וַ wa וְ and
יִּכְרְת֨וּ yyiḵrᵊṯˌû כרת cut
מִ mi מִן from
שָּׁ֤ם ššˈām שָׁם there
זְמֹורָה֙ zᵊmôrˌā זְמֹורָה shoot
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶשְׁכֹּ֤ול ʔeškˈôl אֶשְׁכֹּול grape
עֲנָבִים֙ ʕᵃnāvîm עֵנָב grape
אֶחָ֔ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשָּׂאֻ֥הוּ yyiśśāʔˌuhû נשׂא lift
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
מֹּ֖וט mmˌôṭ מֹוט bar
בִּ bi בְּ in
שְׁנָ֑יִם šᵊnˈāyim שְׁנַיִם two
וּ û וְ and
מִן־ min- מִן from
הָ הַ the
רִמֹּנִ֖ים rimmōnˌîm רִמֹּון pomegranate
וּ û וְ and
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
תְּאֵנִֽים׃ ttᵊʔēnˈîm תְּאֵנָה fig
13:23. pergentesque usque ad torrentem Botri absciderunt palmitem cum uva sua quem portaverunt in vecte duo viri de malis quoque granatis et de ficis loci illius tulerunt
And forward as far as the torrent of the cluster of grapes, they cut off a branch with its cluster of grapes, which two men carried upon a lever. They took also of the pomegranates and of the figs of that place:
13:23. And continuing on as far as the Torrent of the Cluster of Grapes, they cut off a vine with its grapes, which two men carried on a board. Likewise, they took from the pomegranates and the figs of that place,
13:23. And they came unto the brook of Eshcol, and cut down from thence a branch with one cluster of grapes, and they bare it between two upon a staff; and [they brought] of the pomegranates, and of the figs.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
23: Енак, сын князя Арбы, основатель местечка Кириаф-Арбы (Хеврон) (Нав XV:13, 14). «Сыны Енаковы отличались своим ростом и силой».

Замечание: «Хеврон же построен был семью годами прежде Цоана, города египетского», — очень понятно в устах людей, только что освободившихся от ига египтян и еще полных воспоминаниями о покинутой ими стране. Сравнение с древним ханаанским городом не Мемфиса, а Цоана, наводит на ту мысль, что столицей фараонов эпохи исхода был именно этот последний город.

По мнению Кнобеля, упоминание Цоана наряду с Хевроном, после имен Енака и его детей, заставляет предполагать, что тот и другой город основаны представителями одного и того же рода Цоан построен гиксами; быть может, гиксами же (к племени которых принадлежал и Енак) построен был и Хеврон (Властов, Свящ. Летоп.).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:23: They bare it between two upon a staff - It would be very easy to produce a great number of witnesses to prove that grapes in the promised land, and indeed in various other hot countries, grow to a prodigious size. By Calmet, Scheuchzer, and Harmer, this subject has been exhausted, and to these I may refer the reader. Pliny mentions bunches of grapes in Africa each of which was larger than an infant. Radzvil saw at Rhodes bunches of grapes three quarters of an ell in length, each grape as large as a plum. Dandini saw grapes of this size at Mount Libanus; and Paul Lucas mentions some bunches which he saw at Damascus that weighed above forty-five pounds. From the most authentic accounts the Egyptian grape is very small, and this being the only one with which the Israelites were acquainted, the great size of the grapes of Hebron would appear still more extraordinary. I myself once cut down a bunch of grapes nearly twenty pounds in weight. Those who live in cold climates can scarcely have any conception to what perfection both grapes and other fruits grow in climates that are warm, and where the soil is suitable to them.
From what is mentioned Num 23:20, Now the time was the time of the first-ripe grapes, it is very probable that the spies received their orders about the beginning of August, and returned about the middle of September, as in those countries grapes, pomegranates, and figs, are ripe about this time; see Harmer, vol. i., p. 108-110. At Sheeraz, in Persia, I find from a MS. journal, that the small white grape, askerie, came into season August 6; and pomegranates September 6; and the large red grape, sahibi, September 10.
The spies' carrying the bunch of grapes on a staff between two men was probably not rendered necessary by the size of the bunch or cluster; but to preserve it from being bruised, that the Israelites might have a fair specimen of the fruit As Joshua and Caleb were the only persons who gave a favorable account of the land, it is most likely that they were the persons who had gathered these fruits, and who brought them to the Israelitish camp. And it is likely they were gathered as short a time as possible before their return, that they might not be injured by the length of the time they had been separated from their respective trees.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:23: The brook of Eshcol is by some identified with the rich valley immediately to the north of Hebron; (but by others with Wady Hanein to the south of Hebron). The valley was, in all likelihood, originally named after one of the three chiefs who were confederate with Abraham Gen 14:24; but, as often came to pass, the Israelites, wittingly or unwittingly, took up in a new and significant sense the name which they found; and to them the valley thus became the Valley of the Cluster. Bunches of grapes are found in Palestine of many pounds weight.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:23: brook: or valley, Num 13:24, Num 32:9; Deu 1:24, Deu 1:25; Jdg 16:4
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:23
The spies also came into the valley of Eshcol, where they gathered pomegranates and figs, and also cut down a vine-branch with grapes upon it, which two persons carried upon a pole, most likely on account of its extraordinary size. Bunches of grapes are still met with in Palestine, weighing as much as eight, ten, or twelve pounds, the grapes themselves being as large as our smaller plums (cf. Tobler Denkbltter, pp. 111, 112). The grapes of Hebron are especially celebrated. To the north of this city, on the way to Jerusalem, you pass through a valley with vineyards on the hills on both sides, containing the largest and finest grapes in the land, and with pomegranates, figs, and other fruits in great profusion (Robinson, Palestine, i. 316, compared with i. 314 and ii. 442). This valley is supposed, and not without good ground, to be the Eshcol of this chapter, which received its name of Eshcol (cluster of grapes), according to Num 13:24, from the bunch of grapes which was cut down there by the spies. This statement, of course, applies to the Israelites, and would therefore still hold good, even if the conjecture were a well-founded one, that this valley received its name originally from the Eshcol mentioned in Gen 14:13, Gen 14:24, as the terebinth grove did from Mamre the brother of Eshcol.
John Gill
13:23 And they came unto the brook of Eshcol,.... Or "valley of Eshcol" (u), which is here so called by anticipation from the following circumstance; and perhaps had not this name given it, until the children of Israel were possessed of the land, and then they called it so, in memory of what was done here at this time; it was not far from Hebron, as may be concluded from thence; and so Jerom, relating the travels of Paula in those parts, says (w), she came from Betzur to Eshcol, where having seen the little cells of Sarah, the cradle of Isaac, and the traces of the oak of Abraham, under which he saw the day of Christ, and was glad, rising up from thence, she went up to Hebron; which shows this Eshcol to be near Hebron, and to lie low, and was a valley; see Deut 1:24,
and cut down from thence a branch, with one cluster of grapes; in this valley was a vineyard, or at least a vine tree, on which they observed one cluster, which perhaps was of an uncommon size, as it seems by what follows, and they cut down the branch, and that with it:
and they bare it between two upon a staff; it was so big; and which was not done only for the ease of carrying it, but that it might not have any of its grapes squeezed, bruised, and broken off, but that they might carry it entire and whole for the Israelites to behold: these two men were probably Caleb and Joshua; though Jarchi says they carried nothing, which is more than he could say with certainty. Some historians report very surprising things of the size of vines, and the largeness of their clusters, which, when observed, this account will not at all seem incredible. Strabo says (x), it is reported, that in Hyrcania, a vine produced a firkin of wine, and, the trunk of a vine was so large, that it was as much as two men could grasp with both arms, and bore clusters of two cubits long (y); the same he says (z) of the size of vines in Mauritania, and of their clusters being a cubit long; and of others in Carmania being two cubits long, as before (a): it is reported of the Indian fig tree, that it sometimes has an hundred figs more or less on a branch, and all in a cluster like grapes; and some of the clusters are sometimes so large as to be carried by two men on a staff (b), as here; and some have thought, that it is the fruit here meant; but this is expressly called a cluster of grapes. About half a mile from Eshcol, as Adrichomius (c) says, was the brook or valley of Sorek, which was famous for vines; and it is affirmed by many writers and travellers, that to this day there are vines in that place, which produce clusters of twenty five pounds weight and more; and that in Lebanon, and other parts of Syria, the kernels of grapes are as big as a man's thumb (d). Leo Africanus speaks (e) of grapes in some parts of Africa somewhat red, which, from their size, are called hens' eggs: and the Talmudists (f) are extravagant, and beyond all belief, in the account they give of the vines in the land of Canaan, and of the clusters of them, and the quantity of wine they had from them; and of this cluster they suppose (g), that the "two" spoken of are not to be understood of men, but of bars or staves; and that this cluster was carried by eight, four at the four ends of the two staves, and that there were, besides, two staves or bars that went across, at the ends of which were four more men, who carried the cluster hanging in the middle; a figure of which Wagenseil (h) has given us: but Philo the Jew (i) has given a better account of it, and more agreeable to the Scripture, as that it was put upon a staff, and hung at the middle of it, the ends of which were laid on the shoulders of two young men, who carried it; though he adds, that such was the weight of it, that these were relieved by others in succession:
and they brought of the pomegranates, and of the figs; that is, others of them did; which seems to favour the notion that they were in a body, and that there were more than two together at this place; but even these two might be able to bring some of this sort of fruit along with them, as well as bear the cluster of grapes; besides, the text does not oblige us to understand it of the same persons in the same place.
(u) "vallem", Pagninus, Junius & Tremellius, Piscator, Drusius. (w) Epitaph. Paulae, fol. 59. G. H. (x) Geograph. l. 2. p. 50. (y) Ibid. (z) lbid. l. 17. p. 568. (a) Ibid. l. 15. p. 500. (b) Salmuth. in Pancirol. rer. memorab. par. 2. p. 55. (c) Theatrum Terrae Sacr. p. 24. (d) Huet. Alnetan. Quaest. l. 2. c. 12. sect. 22. (e) Descript. Africae, l. 2. p. 204. (f) T. Bab. Cetubot, fol. 111. 2. (g) T. Bab. Sotah, fol. 34. 1. (h) Sotah, p. 707, 708. (i) De Vita Mosis, l. 1. p. 638.
John Wesley
13:23 Upon a staff - Either for the weight of it, considering the, length of the way they were to carry it, or for the preservation of it whole and entire. In those eastern and southern countries there are vines and grapes of an extraordinary bigness as Strabo and Pliny affirm.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:23 they came unto the brook of Eshcol--that is, "the torrent of the cluster." Its location was a little to the southwest of Hebron. The valley and its sloping hills are still covered with vineyards, the character of whose fruit corresponds to its ancient celebrity.
and cut down from thence a branch with one cluster of grapes--The grapes reared in this locality are still as magnificent as formerly--they are said by one to be equal in size to prunes, and compared by another to a man's thumb. One cluster sometimes weighs ten or twelve pounds. The mode of carrying the cluster cut down by the spies, though not necessary from its weight, was evidently adopted to preserve it entire as a specimen of the productions of the promised land; and the impression made by the sight of it would be all the greater because the Israelites were familiar only with the scanty vines and small grapes of Egypt.
13:2413:24: Եւ եկին մինչեւ ցՁորն ողկուզոյ, եւ լրտեսեցի՛ն զնա. եւ հատի՛ն անտի ո՛ւռ որթոյ, եւ ողկոյզ մի խաղողոյ ՚ի նմա, եւ բարձին զնա լծակօք՝ եւ ՚ի նռանէ՛ եւ ՚ի թզոյ։
24 Նրանք եկան մինչեւ Ողկոյզի ձորը, հետախուզեցին այն, այնտեղից կտրեցին խաղողի ողկոյզ ունեցող որթատնկի մի ճիւղ եւ ձողերի վրայ դրած տարան: Առան նաեւ նուռ ու թուզ:
24 Եւ մինչեւ Եսքողի ձորը եկան ու անկէ խաղողի ողկոյզ մը կտրեցին ուռովը մէկտեղ եւ երկու հոգի ձողով վերցուցին զանիկա։ Նուռերէն ու թուզերէն ալ տարին։
Եւ եկին մինչեւ ցՁորն ողկուզոյ, [208]եւ լրտեսեցին զնա`` եւ հատին անտի ուռ որթոյ, եւ ողկոյզ մի խաղողոյ ի նմա, եւ բարձին զնա լծակօք, եւ ի նռանէ եւ ի թզոյ:

13:24: Եւ եկին մինչեւ ցՁորն ողկուզոյ, եւ լրտեսեցի՛ն զնա. եւ հատի՛ն անտի ո՛ւռ որթոյ, եւ ողկոյզ մի խաղողոյ ՚ի նմա, եւ բարձին զնա լծակօք՝ եւ ՚ի նռանէ՛ եւ ՚ի թզոյ։
24 Նրանք եկան մինչեւ Ողկոյզի ձորը, հետախուզեցին այն, այնտեղից կտրեցին խաղողի ողկոյզ ունեցող որթատնկի մի ճիւղ եւ ձողերի վրայ դրած տարան: Առան նաեւ նուռ ու թուզ:
24 Եւ մինչեւ Եսքողի ձորը եկան ու անկէ խաղողի ողկոյզ մը կտրեցին ուռովը մէկտեղ եւ երկու հոգի ձողով վերցուցին զանիկա։ Նուռերէն ու թուզերէն ալ տարին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2323: (13-24) и пришли к долине Есхол, и срезали там виноградную ветвь с одною кистью ягод, и понесли ее на шесте двое; [взяли] также гранатовых яблок и смокв;
13:24 τὸν ο the τόπον τοπος place; locality ἐκεῖνον εκεινος that ἐπωνόμασαν επονομαζω named Φάραγξ φαραγξ gorge βότρυος βοτρυς cluster διὰ δια through; because of τὸν ο the βότρυν βοτρυς cluster ὃν ος who; what ἔκοψαν κοπτω cut; mourn ἐκεῖθεν εκειθεν from there οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
13:24 לַ la לְ to † הַ the מָּקֹ֣ום mmāqˈôm מָקֹום place הַ ha הַ the ה֔וּא hˈû הוּא he קָרָ֖א qārˌā קרא call נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi אֶשְׁכֹּ֑ול ʔeškˈôl אֶשְׁכֹּל [valley of grapes] עַ֚ל ˈʕal עַל upon אֹדֹ֣ות ʔōḏˈôṯ אֹודֹות inducement הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֶשְׁכֹּ֔ול ʔeškˈôl אֶשְׁכֹּול grape אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] כָּרְת֥וּ kārᵊṯˌû כרת cut מִ mi מִן from שָּׁ֖ם ššˌām שָׁם there בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
13:24. qui appellatus est Neelescol id est torrens Botri eo quod botrum inde portassent filii IsrahelWhich was called Nehelescol, that is to say, the torrent of the cluster of grapes, because from thence the children of Israel had carried a cluster of grapes.
23. And they came unto the valley of Eshcol, and cut down from thence a branch with one cluster of grapes, and they bare it upon a staff between two; also of the pomegranates, and of the figs.
13:24. which was called Nehel Eshcol, that is, the Torrent of the Cluster of Grapes, because the sons of Israel had carried a cluster of grapes from there.
13:24. The place was called the brook Eshcol, because of the cluster of grapes which the children of Israel cut down from thence.
And they came unto the brook of Eshcol, and cut down from thence a branch with one cluster of grapes, and they bare it between two upon a staff; and [they brought] of the pomegranates, and of the figs:

23: (13-24) и пришли к долине Есхол, и срезали там виноградную ветвь с одною кистью ягод, и понесли ее на шесте двое; [взяли] также гранатовых яблок и смокв;
13:24
τὸν ο the
τόπον τοπος place; locality
ἐκεῖνον εκεινος that
ἐπωνόμασαν επονομαζω named
Φάραγξ φαραγξ gorge
βότρυος βοτρυς cluster
διὰ δια through; because of
τὸν ο the
βότρυν βοτρυς cluster
ὃν ος who; what
ἔκοψαν κοπτω cut; mourn
ἐκεῖθεν εκειθεν from there
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
13:24
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מָּקֹ֣ום mmāqˈôm מָקֹום place
הַ ha הַ the
ה֔וּא hˈû הוּא he
קָרָ֖א qārˌā קרא call
נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
אֶשְׁכֹּ֑ול ʔeškˈôl אֶשְׁכֹּל [valley of grapes]
עַ֚ל ˈʕal עַל upon
אֹדֹ֣ות ʔōḏˈôṯ אֹודֹות inducement
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֶשְׁכֹּ֔ול ʔeškˈôl אֶשְׁכֹּול grape
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
כָּרְת֥וּ kārᵊṯˌû כרת cut
מִ mi מִן from
שָּׁ֖ם ššˌām שָׁם there
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
13:24. qui appellatus est Neelescol id est torrens Botri eo quod botrum inde portassent filii Israhel
Which was called Nehelescol, that is to say, the torrent of the cluster of grapes, because from thence the children of Israel had carried a cluster of grapes.
13:24. which was called Nehel Eshcol, that is, the Torrent of the Cluster of Grapes, because the sons of Israel had carried a cluster of grapes from there.
13:24. The place was called the brook Eshcol, because of the cluster of grapes which the children of Israel cut down from thence.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
24: Долина Есхол названа так, по всей вероятности, по имени своего древнего владельца, союзника Авраамова Ешкола (Быт XIV:13, 14). Ван-де-Вельце говорит, что он видел источник в расстоянии мили от Хеврона, называвшийся «Аин-Ескали», — «родник Ешкола» (греко-славянск. текст понимает «Ескол» как нарицательное: долина гроздов, LXX: Faragx botruoV, слав.: дебрь гроздная).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:24: brook: or valley, Num 13:23
Eshcol: that is a cluster of grapes
John Gill
13:24 The place was called the brook of Eshcol,.... That is, in later times:
because of the cluster of grapes which the children of Israel cut down from thence; the word "Eschol" signifying a "cluster"; and this cluster was typical of Christ, who may be compared to this, as he is to a cluster of camphire, Song 1:14; there being in him a "cluster" of all perfections, of all the perfections of deity, the whole fulness of the Godhead dwelling bodily in him; and of all human perfections, he being in all things like unto his people, excepting sin; and there being also a cluster of all the graces and gifts of the Spirit without measure in him, as man; and of all the blessings of grace for his people, as Mediator; and of all the exceeding great and precious promises of the covenant of grace. The "staff", on which this was carried, may denote the ministration of the Gospel, which may seem mean and despicable in itself, but is the means of carrying the name of Christ, and the things of Christ, about in the world; see Acts 9:15; and the "two" men which bore it, may signify the prophets of the Old Testament, and the ministers of the New, who both agree and join together in setting forth the person, offices, and grace of Christ. Moreover, this cluster may be an emblem of the Spirit of God, and his grace, and of the rich experience the people of God have of it in this present lift, while travellers in the wilderness, as a taste and earnest of the future glory and happiness in the heavenly Canaan.
John Wesley
13:24 Eschol - That is, a cluster of grapes.
13:2513:25: Եւ անուանեցին զանուն տեղւոյն՝ Ձո՛ր ողկուզոյ. վասն ողկուզին զոր հատին անտի որդիքն Իսրայէլի։
25 Իսրայէլացիներն այդ վայրն անուանեցին Ողկոյզի ձոր այն ողկոյզի պատճառով, որ այնտեղից կտրել-տարել էին:
25 Իսրայէլի որդիներուն անկէ կտրած ողկոյզին համար այն տեղին անունը Եսքողի* ձոր դրուեցաւ։
Եւ անուանեցին զանուն տեղւոյն` Ձոր ողկուզոյ, վասն ողկուզին զոր հատին անտի որդիքն Իսրայելի:

13:25: Եւ անուանեցին զանուն տեղւոյն՝ Ձո՛ր ողկուզոյ. վասն ողկուզին զոր հատին անտի որդիքն Իսրայէլի։
25 Իսրայէլացիներն այդ վայրն անուանեցին Ողկոյզի ձոր այն ողկոյզի պատճառով, որ այնտեղից կտրել-տարել էին:
25 Իսրայէլի որդիներուն անկէ կտրած ողկոյզին համար այն տեղին անունը Եսքողի* ձոր դրուեցաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2424: (13-25) место сие назвали долиною Есхол, по причине виноградной кисти, которую срезали там сыны Израилевы.
13:25 καὶ και and; even ἀπέστρεψαν αποστρεφω turn away; alienate ἐκεῖθεν εκειθεν from there κατασκεψάμενοι κατασκεπτομαι the γῆν γη earth; land μετὰ μετα with; amid τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty ἡμέρας ημερα day
13:25 וַ wa וְ and יָּשֻׁ֖בוּ yyāšˌuvû שׁוב return מִ mi מִן from תּ֣וּר ttˈûr תור spy הָ hā הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִ mi מִן from קֵּ֖ץ qqˌēṣ קֵץ end אַרְבָּעִ֥ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four יֹֽום׃ yˈôm יֹום day
13:25. reversique exploratores terrae post quadraginta dies omni regione circuitaAnd they that went to spy out the land returned after forty days, having gone round all the country,
24. That place was called the valley of Eshcol, because of the cluster which the children of Israel cut down from thence.
13:25. And those exploring the land returned after forty days, having circulated through the entire region.
13:25. And they returned from searching of the land after forty days.
The place was called the brook Eshcol, because of the cluster of grapes which the children of Israel cut down from thence:

24: (13-25) место сие назвали долиною Есхол, по причине виноградной кисти, которую срезали там сыны Израилевы.
13:25
καὶ και and; even
ἀπέστρεψαν αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
ἐκεῖθεν εκειθεν from there
κατασκεψάμενοι κατασκεπτομαι the
γῆν γη earth; land
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty
ἡμέρας ημερα day
13:25
וַ wa וְ and
יָּשֻׁ֖בוּ yyāšˌuvû שׁוב return
מִ mi מִן from
תּ֣וּר ttˈûr תור spy
הָ הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִ mi מִן from
קֵּ֖ץ qqˌēṣ קֵץ end
אַרְבָּעִ֥ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four
יֹֽום׃ yˈôm יֹום day
13:25. reversique exploratores terrae post quadraginta dies omni regione circuita
And they that went to spy out the land returned after forty days, having gone round all the country,
13:25. And those exploring the land returned after forty days, having circulated through the entire region.
13:25. And they returned from searching of the land after forty days.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:25: After forty days - They had no doubt in this time explored the whole land. However, it was with the southern part that the Israelites expected to have to deal immediately: and accordingly it is that which is particularly referred to in the following verses, Hebron and its vicinity above all.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:25: forty days: Num 14:33, Num 14:34; Exo 24:18, Exo 34:28
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:25
In forty days the spies returned to the camp at Kadesh (see at Num 16:6), and reported the great fertility of the land ("it floweth with milk and honey," see at Ex 3:8), pointing, at the same time, to the fruit they had brought with them; "nevertheless," they added (כּי אפס, "only that"), "the people be strong that dwell in the land, and the cities are fortified, very large: and, moreover, we saw the children of Anak there." Amalekites dwelt in the south (see at Gen 36:12); Hittites, Jebusites, and Amorites in the mountains (see at Gen 10:15-16); and Canaanites by the (Mediterranean) Sea and on the side of the Jordan, i.e., in the Arabah or Ghor (see at Gen 13:7 and Gen 10:15-18).
John Gill
13:25 And they returned from searching the land after forty days. The Targum of Jonathan adds, on the eighth day of the month Ab, which answers to part of July and part of August; so that this must be towards the latter end of July: some Jewish writers (k) say it was the ninth of Ab; hence the tradition, that it was decreed on the ninth of Ab concerning their fathers, that they should not enter into the land (l).
(k) Seder Olam Rabba, c. 8. p. 24. (l) Misn. Taanith, c. 4. sect. 7.
John Wesley
13:25 They returned after forty days - 'Tis a wonder the people had patience to stay forty days, when they were just ready to enter Canaan, under all the assurances of success they could have from the Divine power, proved by a constant series of miracles, that had hitherto attended them. But they distrusted God, and chose to be held in suspence by their own counsels, rather than to rest upon God's promise! How much do we stand in our own light by unbelief?
13:2613:26: Եւ դարձան անդրէն որդիքն Իսրայէլի լրտեսեալ զերկիրն յե՛տ աւուրց քառասնից.
26 Իսրայէլացիները, երկիրը քառասուն օր հետախուզելուց յետոյ, վերադարձան:
26 Քառասուն օր յետոյ այն երկիրը լրտեսելէն դարձան
Եւ դարձան անդրէն [209]որդիքն Իսրայելի`` լրտեսեալ զերկիրն յետ աւուրց քառասնից:

13:26: Եւ դարձան անդրէն որդիքն Իսրայէլի լրտեսեալ զերկիրն յե՛տ աւուրց քառասնից.
26 Իսրայէլացիները, երկիրը քառասուն օր հետախուզելուց յետոյ, վերադարձան:
26 Քառասուն օր յետոյ այն երկիրը լրտեսելէն դարձան
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2525: (13-26) И высмотрев землю, возвратились они через сорок дней.
13:26 καὶ και and; even πορευθέντες πορευομαι travel; go ἦλθον ερχομαι come; go πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs καὶ και and; even Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron καὶ και and; even πρὸς προς to; toward πᾶσαν πας all; every συναγωγὴν συναγωγη gathering υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness Φαραν φαραν and; even ἀπεκρίθησαν αποκρινομαι respond αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase καὶ και and; even πάσῃ πας all; every τῇ ο the συναγωγῇ συναγωγη gathering καὶ και and; even ἔδειξαν δεικνυω show τὸν ο the καρπὸν καρπος.1 fruit τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land
13:26 וַ wa וְ and יֵּלְכ֡וּ yyēlᵊḵˈû הלך walk וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹאוּ֩ yyāvōʔˌû בוא come אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֨ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to אַהֲרֹ֜ן ʔahᵃrˈōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עֲדַ֧ת ʕᵃḏˈaṯ עֵדָה gathering בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מִדְבַּ֥ר miḏbˌar מִדְבָּר desert פָּארָ֖ן pārˌān פָּארָן Paran קָדֵ֑שָׁה qāḏˈēšā קָדֵשׁ Kadesh וַ wa וְ and יָּשִׁ֨יבוּ yyāšˌîvû שׁוב return אֹותָ֤ם ʔôṯˈām אֵת [object marker] דָּבָר֙ dāvˌār דָּבָר word וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הָ֣ hˈā הַ the עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering וַ wa וְ and יַּרְא֖וּם yyarʔˌûm ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] פְּרִ֥י pᵊrˌî פְּרִי fruit הָ hā הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
13:26. venerunt ad Mosen et Aaron et ad omnem coetum filiorum Israhel in desertum Pharan quod est in Cades locutique eis et omni multitudini ostenderunt fructus terraeAnd came to Moses and Aaron and to all the assembly of the children of Israel to the desert of Pharan, which is in Cades. And speaking to them and to all the multitude, they shewed them the fruits of the land:
25. And they returned from spying out the land at the end of forty days.
13:26. And they went to Moses and Aaron, and to the entire assembly of the sons of Israel in the desert of Paran, which is in Kadesh. And speaking to them, and to the entire multitude, they showed them the fruits of the land.
13:26. And they went and came to Moses, and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the children of Israel, unto the wilderness of Paran, to Kadesh; and brought back word unto them, and unto all the congregation, and shewed them the fruit of the land.
And they returned from searching of the land after forty days:

25: (13-26) И высмотрев землю, возвратились они через сорок дней.
13:26
καὶ και and; even
πορευθέντες πορευομαι travel; go
ἦλθον ερχομαι come; go
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
καὶ και and; even
Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron
καὶ και and; even
πρὸς προς to; toward
πᾶσαν πας all; every
συναγωγὴν συναγωγη gathering
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Φαραν φαραν and; even
ἀπεκρίθησαν αποκρινομαι respond
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase
καὶ και and; even
πάσῃ πας all; every
τῇ ο the
συναγωγῇ συναγωγη gathering
καὶ και and; even
ἔδειξαν δεικνυω show
τὸν ο the
καρπὸν καρπος.1 fruit
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
13:26
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּלְכ֡וּ yyēlᵊḵˈû הלך walk
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹאוּ֩ yyāvōʔˌû בוא come
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֨ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to
אַהֲרֹ֜ן ʔahᵃrˈōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עֲדַ֧ת ʕᵃḏˈaṯ עֵדָה gathering
בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מִדְבַּ֥ר miḏbˌar מִדְבָּר desert
פָּארָ֖ן pārˌān פָּארָן Paran
קָדֵ֑שָׁה qāḏˈēšā קָדֵשׁ Kadesh
וַ wa וְ and
יָּשִׁ֨יבוּ yyāšˌîvû שׁוב return
אֹותָ֤ם ʔôṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
דָּבָר֙ dāvˌār דָּבָר word
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering
וַ wa וְ and
יַּרְא֖וּם yyarʔˌûm ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
פְּרִ֥י pᵊrˌî פְּרִי fruit
הָ הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
13:26. venerunt ad Mosen et Aaron et ad omnem coetum filiorum Israhel in desertum Pharan quod est in Cades locutique eis et omni multitudini ostenderunt fructus terrae
And came to Moses and Aaron and to all the assembly of the children of Israel to the desert of Pharan, which is in Cades. And speaking to them and to all the multitude, they shewed them the fruits of the land:
13:26. And they went to Moses and Aaron, and to the entire assembly of the sons of Israel in the desert of Paran, which is in Kadesh. And speaking to them, and to the entire multitude, they showed them the fruits of the land.
13:26. And they went and came to Moses, and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the children of Israel, unto the wilderness of Paran, to Kadesh; and brought back word unto them, and unto all the congregation, and shewed them the fruit of the land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
26 And they went and came to Moses, and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the children of Israel, unto the wilderness of Paran, to Kadesh; and brought back word unto them, and unto all the congregation, and showed them the fruit of the land. 27 And they told him, and said, We came unto the land whither thou sentest us, and surely it floweth with milk and honey; and this is the fruit of it. 28 Nevertheless the people be strong that dwell in the land, and the cities are walled, and very great: and moreover we saw the children of Anak there. 29 The Amalekites dwell in the land of the south: and the Hittites, and the Jebusites, and the Amorites, dwell in the mountains: and the Canaanites dwell by the sea, and by the coast of Jordan. 30 And Caleb stilled the people before Moses, and said, Let us go up at once, and possess it; for we are well able to overcome it. 31 But the men that went up with him said, We be not able to go up against the people; for they are stronger than we. 32 And they brought up an evil report of the land which they had searched unto the children of Israel, saying, The land, through which we have gone to search it, is a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw in it are men of a great stature. 33 And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, which come of the giants: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight.
It is a wonder how the people of Israel had patience to stay forty days for the return of their spies, when they were just ready to enter Canaan, under all the assurances of success they could have from the divine power, and a constant series of miracles that had hitherto attended them; but they distrusted God's power and promise, and were willing to be held in suspense by their own counsels, rather than be brought to a certainty by God's covenant. How much do we stand in our own light by our unbelief! Well, at length the messengers return, but they agree not in their report.
I. The major part discourage the people from going forward to Canaan; and justly are the Israelites left to this temptation, for putting so much confidence in the judgment of men, when they had the word of God to trust to. It is a righteous thing with God to give those up to strong delusions who will not receive his truth in the love of it.
1. Observe their report. (1.) They could not deny but that the land of Canaan was a very fruitful land; the bunch of grapes they brought with them was an ocular demonstration of it, v. 27. God had promised them a land flowing with milk and honey, and the evil spies themselves own that it is such a land. Thus even out of the mouth of adversaries will God be glorified and the truth of his promise attested. And yet afterwards they contradict themselves, when they say (v. 32), It is a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof; as if, though it had milk, and honey, and grapes, yet it wanted other necessary provision; some think that there was a great plague in the country at the time they surveyed it, which they ought to have imputed to the wisdom of the divine Providence, which thus lessened the numbers of their enemies, to facilitate their conquests; but they invidiously imputed it to the unwholesomeness of the air, and thence took occasion to disparage the country. For this unreasonable fear of a plague in Canaan, they were justly cut off immediately by a plague in the wilderness, ch. xiv. 37. But, (2.) They represented the conquest of it as altogether impracticable, and that it was to no purpose to attempt it. The people are strong (v. 28), men of a great stature (v. 32), stronger than we, v. 31. The cities are represented as impregnable fortresses: they are walled and very great, v. 28. But nothing served their ill purpose more than a description of the giants, on whom they lay a great stress: We saw the children of Anak there (v. 28), and again, we saw the giants, those men of a prodigious size, the sons of Anak, who come of the giants, v. 33. They spoke as if they were ready to tremble at the mention of them, as they had done at the sight of them. "O these tremendous giants! when we were near them, we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, not only little and weak, but trembling and daunted." Compare Job xxxix. 20, Canst thou make him afraid as a grasshopper? "Nay, and so we were in their sight; they looked upon us with as much scorn and disdain as we did upon them with fear and trembling." So that upon the whole matter they gave it in as their judgment, We are not able to go up against them (v. 31), and therefore must think of taking some other course.
2. Now, even if they had been to judge only by human probabilities, they could not have been excused from the imputation of cowardice. Were not the hosts of Israel very numerous? 600,000 effective men, well marshalled and modelled, closely embodied, and entirely united in interest and affection, constituted as formidable an army as perhaps was ever brought into the field; many a less has done more than perhaps the conquering of Canaan was, witness Alexander's army. Moses, their commander-in-chief, was wise and brave; and if the people had put on resolution, and behaved themselves valiantly, what could have stood before them? It is true the Canaanites were strong, but they were dispersed (v. 29): Some dwell in the south and others in the mountains; so that by reason of their distance they could not soon get together, and by reason of their divided interests they could not long keep together, to oppose Israel. The country being plentiful would subsist an army, and, though the cities were walled, if they could beat them in the field the strong-holds would fall of course into their hands. And, lastly, as for the giants, their overgrown stature would but make them the better mark, and the bulkiest men have not always the best mettle.
3. But, though they deserved to be posted for cowards, this was not the worst, the scripture brands them for unbelievers. It was not any human probabilities they were required to depend upon, but, (1.) They had the manifest and sensible tokens of God's presence with them, and the engagement of his power for them. The Canaanites were stronger than Israel; suppose they were, but were they stronger than the God of Israel? We are not able to deal with them, but is not God Almighty able? Have we not him in the midst of us? Does not he go before us? And is any thing too hard for him? Were we as grasshoppers before the giants, and are not they less than grasshoppers before God? Their cities are walled against us, but can they be walled against heaven? Besides this, (2.) They had had very great experience of the length and strength of God's arm, lifted up and made bare on their behalf. Were not the Egyptians as much stronger than they as the Canaanites were? And yet, without a sword drawn by Israel or a stroke struck, the chariots and horsemen of Egypt were quite routed and ruined; the Amalekites took them at great disadvantages, and yet they were discomfited. Miracles were at this time their daily bread; were there nothing else, an army so well victualled as theirs was, so constantly, so plentifully, and all on free cost, would have a might advantage against any other force. Nay, (3.) They had particular promises made them of victory and success in their wars against the Canaanites. God had given Abraham all possible assurances that he would put his seed into possession of that land, Gen. xv. 18; xvii. 8. He had expressly promised them by Moses that he would drive out the Canaanites from before them (Exod. xxxiii. 2), and that he would do it by little and little, Exod. xxiii. 30. And, after all this, for them to say, We are not able to go up against them, was in effect to say, "God himself is not able to make his words good." It was in effect to give him the lie, and to tell him he had undertaken more than he could perform. We have a short account of their sin, with which they infected the whole congregation, Ps. cvi. 24. They despised the land, they believed not his word. Though, upon search, they had found it as good as he had said, a land flowing with milk and honey, yet they would not believe it as sure as he had said, but despaired of having it, though eternal truth itself had engaged it to them. And now this is the representation of the evil spies.
II. Caleb encouraged them to go forward, though he was seconded by Joshua only (v. 30): Caleb stilled the people, whom he saw already put into a ferment even before Moses himself, whose shining face could not daunt them, when they began to grow unruly. Caleb signifies all heart, and he answered his name, was hearty himself, and would have made the people so if they would have hearkened to him. If Joshua had begun to stem the tide, he would have been suspected of partiality to Moses, whose minister he was; and therefore he prudently left it to Caleb's management at first, who was of the tribe of Judah, the leading tribe, and therefore the fittest to be heard. Caleb had seen and observed the strength of the inhabitants as much as his fellows, and upon the whole matter, 1. He speaks very confidently of success: We are well able to overcome them, as strong as they are. 2. He animates the people to go on, and, his lot lying in the van, he speaks as one resolved to lead them on with bravery: "Let us go up at once, one bold step, one bold stroke more, will do our business; it is all our own if we have but courage to make it so: Let us go up and possess it." He does not say, "Let us go up and conquer it;" he looks upon that to be as good as done already; but, "Let us go up and possess it; there is nothing to be done but to enter, and take the possession which God our great Lord is ready to give us." Note, The righteous are bold as a lion. Difficulties that lie in the way of salvation dwindle and vanish before a lively active faith in the power and promise of God. All things are possible, if they be but promised, to him that believes.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:26: Kadesh is usually identified with Ain-el-Weibeh, which lies in the Arabah, about 10 miles north of the place in which Mount Hor abuts on that valley, (or with Ain-Gadis in Jebel Magrah).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:26: unto the wilderness: Num 13:3
Kadesh: Num 20:1, Num 20:16, Num 32:8, Num 33:36; Deu 1:19; Jos 14:6
Geneva 1599
13:26 And they went and came to Moses, and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the children of Israel, unto the wilderness of (h) Paran, to Kadesh; and brought back word unto them, and unto all the congregation, and shewed them the fruit of the land.
(h) Called also Kadesh-barnea.
John Gill
13:26 And they went, and came to Moses, and to Aaron,.... They proceeded on their journey from Eshcol, till they came to the camp of Israel; and as soon as they came there, went directly to Moses and to Aaron, before they went into their own tents, as Aben Ezra observes:
and to all the congregation of Israel, unto the wilderness of Paran,
to Kadesh; that is, Kadeshbarnea, as appears from Josh 14:7; called for brevity's sake Kadesh; but is by some thought to be different from the Kadesh in Num 20:1; to which the Israelites came not until thirty eight years after this time: this Kadesh was in the wilderness of Paran, and the same with Rithmah, or was near it, where the Israelites were now encamped, and had remained all the time the spies were gone: the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan call this place Rekem, as they do in Gen 16:14,
and brought back word unto them, and to all the congregation: to Moses and Aaron, and the principal heads of the body of the people assembled together: to these they related an account of their tour through the land of Canaan, what they had met with, and what observations they had made, agreeably to the instructions that had been given them when they set out:
and showed them the fruit of the land; which they had brought with them, the bunch of grapes, pomegranates, and figs.
John Wesley
13:26 Kadesh - Kadesh - barnea, which some confound with Kadesh in the wilderness of Sin, into which they came not 'till the fortieth year after their coming out of Egypt, as appears from Num 33:37-38, whereas they were in this Kadesh in the second year, and before they received the sentence of their forty years abode in the wilderness.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:26 they came . . . to Kadesh--an important encampment of the Israelites. But its exact situation is not definitely known, nor is it determined whether it is the same or a different place from Kadesh-barnea. It is supposed to be identical with Ain-el-Weibeh, a famous spring on the eastern side of the desert [ROBINSON], or also with Petra [STANLEY].
13:2713:27: եւ եկեալ հասին առ Մովսէս եւ առ Ահարոն, եւ առ ամենայն ժողովուրդ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի յանապատն Փարան Կադէս. եւ ետուն նոցա զրոյց եւ ամենայն ժողովրդեանն։ Եւ ցուցին զպտուղ երկրին[1302], [1302] Այլք. Եւ հասեալ եկին առ Մովսէս եւ.. Փառան Կադէս։
27 Նրանք եկան-հասան Մովսէսի, Ահարոնի ու իսրայէլացիների ամբողջ ժողովրդի մօտ, Փառան անապատը, Կադէս: Հետախոյզները տեղեկութիւններ հաղորդեցին նրանց ու ամբողջ ժողովրդին: Նրանք ցոյց տուեցին երկրի բարիքները, պատմեցին նրանց
27 Եւ գալով հասան Մովսէսին ու Ահարոնին եւ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն բոլոր ժողովուրդին, Փառանի անապատը՝ Կադէս եւ բոլոր ժողովուրդին լուր բերին եւ երկրին պտուղը ցուցուցին անոնց։
եւ հասեալ եկին առ Մովսէս եւ առ Ահարոն, եւ առ ամենայն ժողովուրդ որդւոցն Իսրայելի յանապատն Փառան Կադէս. եւ ետուն նոցա զրոյց եւ ամենայն ժողովրդեանն. եւ ցուցին զպտուղ երկրին:

13:27: եւ եկեալ հասին առ Մովսէս եւ առ Ահարոն, եւ առ ամենայն ժողովուրդ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի յանապատն Փարան Կադէս. եւ ետուն նոցա զրոյց եւ ամենայն ժողովրդեանն։ Եւ ցուցին զպտուղ երկրին[1302],
[1302] Այլք. Եւ հասեալ եկին առ Մովսէս եւ.. Փառան Կադէս։
27 Նրանք եկան-հասան Մովսէսի, Ահարոնի ու իսրայէլացիների ամբողջ ժողովրդի մօտ, Փառան անապատը, Կադէս: Հետախոյզները տեղեկութիւններ հաղորդեցին նրանց ու ամբողջ ժողովրդին: Նրանք ցոյց տուեցին երկրի բարիքները, պատմեցին նրանց
27 Եւ գալով հասան Մովսէսին ու Ահարոնին եւ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն բոլոր ժողովուրդին, Փառանի անապատը՝ Կադէս եւ բոլոր ժողովուրդին լուր բերին եւ երկրին պտուղը ցուցուցին անոնց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2626: (13-27) И пошли и пришли к Моисею и Аарону и ко всему обществу сынов Израилевых в пустыню Фаран, в Кадес, и принесли им и всему обществу ответ, и показали им плоды земли;
13:27 καὶ και and; even διηγήσαντο διηγεομαι narrate; describe αὐτῷ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even εἶπαν επω say; speak ἤλθαμεν ερχομαι come; go εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what ἀπέστειλας αποστελλω send off / away ἡμᾶς ημας us γῆν γη earth; land ῥέουσαν ρεω flow γάλα γαλα milk καὶ και and; even μέλι μελι honey καὶ και and; even οὗτος ουτος this; he ὁ ο the καρπὸς καρπος.1 fruit αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
13:27 וַ wa וְ and יְסַפְּרוּ־ yᵊsappᵊrû- ספר count לֹו֙ lˌô לְ to וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ yyˈōmᵊrˈû אמר say בָּ֕אנוּ bˈānû בוא come אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] שְׁלַחְתָּ֑נוּ šᵊlaḥtˈānû שׁלח send וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and גַם ḡˌam גַּם even זָבַ֨ת zāvˌaṯ זוב flow חָלָ֥ב ḥālˌāv חָלָב milk וּ û וְ and דְבַ֛שׁ ḏᵊvˈaš דְּבַשׁ honey הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she וְ wᵊ וְ and זֶה־ zeh- זֶה this פִּרְיָֽהּ׃ piryˈāh פְּרִי fruit
13:27. et narraverunt dicentes venimus in terram ad quam misisti nos quae re vera fluit lacte et melle ut ex his fructibus cognosci potestAnd they related and said: We came into the land to which thou sentest us, which in very deed floweth with milk and honey as may be known by these fruits:
26. And they went and came to Moses, and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the children of Israel, unto the wilderness of Paran, to Kadesh; and brought back word unto them, and unto all the congregation, and shewed them the fruit of the land.
13:27. And they explained, saying: “We went into the land, to which you sent us, which, it is true, flows with milk and honey, as one can know by these fruits.
13:27. And they told him, and said, We came unto the land whither thou sentest us, and surely it floweth with milk and honey; and this [is] the fruit of it.
And they went and came to Moses, and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the children of Israel, unto the wilderness of Paran, to Kadesh; and brought back word unto them, and unto all the congregation, and shewed them the fruit of the land:

26: (13-27) И пошли и пришли к Моисею и Аарону и ко всему обществу сынов Израилевых в пустыню Фаран, в Кадес, и принесли им и всему обществу ответ, и показали им плоды земли;
13:27
καὶ και and; even
διηγήσαντο διηγεομαι narrate; describe
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
εἶπαν επω say; speak
ἤλθαμεν ερχομαι come; go
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
ἀπέστειλας αποστελλω send off / away
ἡμᾶς ημας us
γῆν γη earth; land
ῥέουσαν ρεω flow
γάλα γαλα milk
καὶ και and; even
μέλι μελι honey
καὶ και and; even
οὗτος ουτος this; he
ο the
καρπὸς καρπος.1 fruit
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
13:27
וַ wa וְ and
יְסַפְּרוּ־ yᵊsappᵊrû- ספר count
לֹו֙ lˌô לְ to
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ yyˈōmᵊrˈû אמר say
בָּ֕אנוּ bˈānû בוא come
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שְׁלַחְתָּ֑נוּ šᵊlaḥtˈānû שׁלח send
וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and
גַם ḡˌam גַּם even
זָבַ֨ת zāvˌaṯ זוב flow
חָלָ֥ב ḥālˌāv חָלָב milk
וּ û וְ and
דְבַ֛שׁ ḏᵊvˈaš דְּבַשׁ honey
הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she
וְ wᵊ וְ and
זֶה־ zeh- זֶה this
פִּרְיָֽהּ׃ piryˈāh פְּרִי fruit
13:27. et narraverunt dicentes venimus in terram ad quam misisti nos quae re vera fluit lacte et melle ut ex his fructibus cognosci potest
And they related and said: We came into the land to which thou sentest us, which in very deed floweth with milk and honey as may be known by these fruits:
13:27. And they explained, saying: “We went into the land, to which you sent us, which, it is true, flows with milk and honey, as one can know by these fruits.
13:27. And they told him, and said, We came unto the land whither thou sentest us, and surely it floweth with milk and honey; and this [is] the fruit of it.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
27: Кадес — местность вблизи южных границ Ханаана. По мнению очень многих комментаторов, ее можно искать в долине Араба, отождествляя с нынешним Аин-ель-Вейбе. В списке израильских станов (Чис XXXIII) после Асирофа следует стан Рифма. Полагают, что Кадес прежде назывался Рифмой и получил имя Кадеса (кадеш — святой) впоследствии, в силу того обстоятельства, что здесь долго стоял ковчег завета, и здесь же состоялось грозное решение правды Божией в отношении непокорного народа.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:27: We came unto the land, etc. - It is astonishing that men so dastardly as these should have had courage enough to risk their persons in searching the land. But probably though destitute of valor they had a sufficiency of cunning, and this carried them through. The report they brought was exceedingly discouraging, and naturally tended to produce the effect mentioned in the next chapter. The conduct of Joshua and Caleb was alone magnanimous, and worthy of the cause in which they were embarked.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:27: Num 14:8; Exo 3:8, Exo 3:17, Exo 13:5, Exo 33:3; Lev 20:24; Deu 1:25-33, Deu 6:3, Deu 11:9; Deu 26:9, Deu 26:11-15, Deu 27:3, Deu 31:20; Jos 5:6; Jer 11:5, Jer 32:22; Eze 20:6, Eze 20:15
Geneva 1599
13:27 And they told (i) him, and said, We came unto the land whither thou sentest us, and surely it floweth with milk and honey; and this [is] the fruit of it.
(i) That is, Moses.
John Gill
13:27 And they told him,.... Moses, who was the chief ruler whom they addressed, and to whom they directed their speech:
and said, we came unto the land whither thou sentest us; the land of Canaan, which they were sent by Moses to spy; this was said by ten of them or by one of them as their mouth; for Caleb and Joshua did not join with them in the following account, as appears from Num 13:30,
and surely it floweth with milk and honey; they own that the land answered to the description which the Lord had given of it when it was promised them by him, Ex 3:8,
and this is the fruit of it; pointing to the bunch of grapes, the pomegranates and figs; not that these were a proof of its flowing with milk and honey, at least in a literal sense, but of the goodness and fruitfulness of the land: though the luxury of Bacchus, the god of wine, is by the poet (m) described, not only by a fountain of wine, but by rivers of milk and flows of honey.
(m) "Vinique fontem", &c. Horat. Carmin. l. 2. Ode 19.
John Wesley
13:27 They told him - In the audience of the people.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:27 they told him, and said, We came unto the land whither thou sentest us, and surely it floweth with milk and honey--The report was given publicly in the audience of the people, and it was artfully arranged to begin their narrative with commendations of the natural fertility of the country in order that their subsequent slanders might the more readily receive credit.
13:2813:28: եւ պատմեցին նոցա, եւ ասեն ցնա. Չոգա՛ք յերկիր յոր առաքեցեր զմեզ, երկիր՝ որ բղխէ զկաթն եւ զմեղր. եւ ա՛յս է պտուղ նորա[1303]։ [1303] Ոմանք. Յերկիր որ բղխէ.. այս է պտուղ սորա։
28 ու ասացին Մովսէսին. «Մենք գնացինք այն երկիրը, ուր ուղարկեցիր մեզ, մի երկիր, ուր կաթ ու մեղր է հոսում: Ահա սրանք են նրա բարիքները:
28 Պատմեցին Մովսէսին ու ըսին. «Գացինք այն երկիրը, ուր ղրկեցիր. Իրաւցնէ կաթ ու մեղր կը բղխի հոն։ Ահա անոր պտուղը։
Եւ պատմեցին նմա, եւ ասեն ցնա. Չոգաք յերկիրն յոր առաքեցեր զմեզ. երկիր` որ բղխէ զկաթն եւ զմեղր, եւ այս է պտուղ նորա:

13:28: եւ պատմեցին նոցա, եւ ասեն ցնա. Չոգա՛ք յերկիր յոր առաքեցեր զմեզ, երկիր՝ որ բղխէ զկաթն եւ զմեղր. եւ ա՛յս է պտուղ նորա[1303]։
[1303] Ոմանք. Յերկիր որ բղխէ.. այս է պտուղ սորա։
28 ու ասացին Մովսէսին. «Մենք գնացինք այն երկիրը, ուր ուղարկեցիր մեզ, մի երկիր, ուր կաթ ու մեղր է հոսում: Ահա սրանք են նրա բարիքները:
28 Պատմեցին Մովսէսին ու ըսին. «Գացինք այն երկիրը, ուր ղրկեցիր. Իրաւցնէ կաթ ու մեղր կը բղխի հոն։ Ահա անոր պտուղը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2727: (13-28) и рассказывали ему и говорили: мы ходили в землю, в которую ты посылал нас; в ней подлинно течет молоко и мед, и вот плоды ее;
13:28 ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but ἢ η or; than ὅτι οτι since; that θρασὺ θρασυς the ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste τὸ ο the κατοικοῦν κατοικεω settle ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city ὀχυραὶ οχυρος and; even μεγάλαι μεγας great; loud σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the γενεὰν γενεα generation Εναχ εναχ view; see ἐκεῖ εκει there
13:28 אֶ֚פֶס ˈʔefes אֶפֶס end כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that עַ֣ז ʕˈaz עַז strong הָ hā הַ the עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people הַ ha הַ the יֹּשֵׁ֖ב yyōšˌēv ישׁב sit בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and הֶֽ hˈe הַ the עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town בְּצֻרֹ֤ות bᵊṣurˈôṯ בָּצוּר fortified גְּדֹלֹת֙ gᵊḏōlˌōṯ גָּדֹול great מְאֹ֔ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might וְ wᵊ וְ and גַם־ ḡam- גַּם even יְלִדֵ֥י yᵊliḏˌê יָלִיד son הָֽ hˈā הַ the עֲנָ֖ק ʕᵃnˌāq עֲנָק neck רָאִ֥ינוּ rāʔˌînû ראה see שָֽׁם׃ šˈām שָׁם there
13:28. sed cultores fortissimos habet et urbes grandes atque muratas stirpem Enach vidimus ibiBut it hath very strong inhabitants, and the cities are great and walled. We saw there the race of Enac.
27. And they told him, and said, We came unto the land whither thou sentest us, and surely it floweth with milk and honey; and this is the fruit of it.
13:28. But it has very strong occupants, and the cities are great and also walled. We saw the race of Anak there.
13:28. Nevertheless the people [be] strong that dwell in the land, and the cities [are] walled, [and] very great: and moreover we saw the children of Anak there.
And they told him, and said, We came unto the land whither thou sentest us, and surely it floweth with milk and honey; and this [is] the fruit of it:

27: (13-28) и рассказывали ему и говорили: мы ходили в землю, в которую ты посылал нас; в ней подлинно течет молоко и мед, и вот плоды ее;
13:28
ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but
η or; than
ὅτι οτι since; that
θρασὺ θρασυς the
ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
τὸ ο the
κατοικοῦν κατοικεω settle
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
ὀχυραὶ οχυρος and; even
μεγάλαι μεγας great; loud
σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
γενεὰν γενεα generation
Εναχ εναχ view; see
ἐκεῖ εκει there
13:28
אֶ֚פֶס ˈʔefes אֶפֶס end
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
עַ֣ז ʕˈaz עַז strong
הָ הַ the
עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּשֵׁ֖ב yyōšˌēv ישׁב sit
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
בְּצֻרֹ֤ות bᵊṣurˈôṯ בָּצוּר fortified
גְּדֹלֹת֙ gᵊḏōlˌōṯ גָּדֹול great
מְאֹ֔ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גַם־ ḡam- גַּם even
יְלִדֵ֥י yᵊliḏˌê יָלִיד son
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עֲנָ֖ק ʕᵃnˌāq עֲנָק neck
רָאִ֥ינוּ rāʔˌînû ראה see
שָֽׁם׃ šˈām שָׁם there
13:28. sed cultores fortissimos habet et urbes grandes atque muratas stirpem Enach vidimus ibi
But it hath very strong inhabitants, and the cities are great and walled. We saw there the race of Enac.
13:28. But it has very strong occupants, and the cities are great and also walled. We saw the race of Anak there.
13:28. Nevertheless the people [be] strong that dwell in the land, and the cities [are] walled, [and] very great: and moreover we saw the children of Anak there.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:28: strong: Deu 1:28, Deu 2:10, Deu 2:11, Deu 2:21, Deu 3:5, Deu 9:1, Deu 9:2
saw the: Num 13:22, Num 13:23, Num 13:33; Jos 11:22, Jos 15:14; Jdg 1:20
Geneva 1599
13:28 Nevertheless the people [be] strong that dwell in the land, and the cities [are] walled, [and] very great: and moreover we saw the (k) children of Anak there.
(k) Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai, whom Caleb slew afterward, (Josh 11:21-22).
John Gill
13:28 Nevertheless the people be strong that dwell in the land,.... Though so plentiful and fruitful and desirable to enjoy, yet this objection lay against all hopes and even attempts to possess it, as they thought; the strength of the people, its present inhabitants, both in body and mind, being persons of a large, and some of a prodigious stature, and to all appearance men of valour and courage:
and the cities are walled and very great; and so inaccessible, and able to hold out a long siege, and repel what force may be brought against them; so that to attack them would be to little purpose:
and moreover we saw the children of Anak there: whom they had heard of before, and so had the congregation of Israel, and many terrible and frightful stories were told of them, and these they now saw with their eyes, and very formidable they appeared to them; this seems to prove that others beside Caleb and Joshua were at Hebron, where the sons of Anak lived, Num 13:22; and so they might, and yet not be together with them.
13:2913:29: Բայց ազգն սաստի՛կ էր որ բնակեալ էին ՚ի նմա. եւ քաղաքք ամուրք եւ պարսպաւորք եւ մեծամե՛ծք յոյժ. եւ զազգն Ենակայ տեսա՛ք անդ։
29 Այնտեղ բնակուող ժողովուրդը, սակայն, հզօր է, քաղաքները շատ ամուր են, պարսպապատ ու շատ մեծ: Ենակի յետնորդներին էլ տեսանք այնտեղ:
29 Բայց այն երկրին մէջ բնակող ժողովուրդը զօրաւոր է եւ քաղաքները պարսպապատ ու խիստ մեծ են. նաեւ հոն Ենակի որդիները տեսանք։
Բայց ազգն սաստիկ [210]էր որ բնակեալ [211]էին ի նմա, եւ քաղաքք ամուրք եւ պարսպաւորք եւ մեծամեծք յոյժ. եւ զազգն Ենակայ տեսաք անդ:

13:29: Բայց ազգն սաստի՛կ էր որ բնակեալ էին ՚ի նմա. եւ քաղաքք ամուրք եւ պարսպաւորք եւ մեծամե՛ծք յոյժ. եւ զազգն Ենակայ տեսա՛ք անդ։
29 Այնտեղ բնակուող ժողովուրդը, սակայն, հզօր է, քաղաքները շատ ամուր են, պարսպապատ ու շատ մեծ: Ենակի յետնորդներին էլ տեսանք այնտեղ:
29 Բայց այն երկրին մէջ բնակող ժողովուրդը զօրաւոր է եւ քաղաքները պարսպապատ ու խիստ մեծ են. նաեւ հոն Ենակի որդիները տեսանք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2828: (13-29) но народ, живущий на земле той, силен, и города укрепленные, весьма большие, и сынов Енаковых мы видели там;
13:29 καὶ και and; even Αμαληκ αμαληκ settle ἐν εν in τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land τῇ ο the πρὸς προς to; toward νότον νοτος south wind καὶ και and; even ὁ ο the Χετταῖος χετταιος and; even ὁ ο the Ευαῖος ευαιος and; even ὁ ο the Ιεβουσαῖος ιεβουσαιος and; even ὁ ο the Αμορραῖος αμορραιος settle ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ὀρεινῇ ορεινος mountainous καὶ και and; even ὁ ο the Χαναναῖος χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos κατοικεῖ κατοικεω settle παρὰ παρα from; by θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea καὶ και and; even παρὰ παρα from; by τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ποταμόν ποταμος river
13:29 עֲמָלֵ֥ק ʕᵃmālˌēq עֲמָלֵק Amalek יֹושֵׁ֖ב yôšˌēv ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the נֶּ֑גֶב nnˈeḡev נֶגֶב south וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and הַֽ hˈa הַ the חִתִּי ḥittˌî חִתִּי Hittite וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the יְבוּסִ֤י yᵊvûsˈî יְבוּסִי Jebusite וְ wᵊ וְ and הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֱמֹרִי֙ ʔᵉmōrˌî אֱמֹרִי Amorite יֹושֵׁ֣ב yôšˈēv ישׁב sit בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the הָ֔ר hˈār הַר mountain וְ wᵊ וְ and הַֽ hˈa הַ the כְּנַעֲנִי֙ kkᵊnaʕᵃnˌî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite יֹשֵׁ֣ב yōšˈēv ישׁב sit עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the יָּ֔ם yyˈom יָם sea וְ wᵊ וְ and עַ֖ל ʕˌal עַל upon יַ֥ד yˌaḏ יָד hand הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּֽן׃ yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
13:29. Amalech habitat in meridie Hettheus et Iebuseus et Amorreus in montanis Chananeus vero moratur iuxta mare et circa fluenta IordanisAmalec dwelleth in the south, the Hethite and the Jebusite and the Amorrhite in the mountains: but the Chanaanite abideth by the sea and near the streams of the Jordan.
28. Howbeit the people that dwell in the land are strong, and the cities are fenced, very great: and moreover we saw the children of Anak there.
13:29. Amalek lives in the south. The Hethite, and the Jebusite, and the Amorite live in the mountains. And truly, the Canaanite stays near the sea and around the streams of the Jordan.”
13:29. The Amalekites dwell in the land of the south: and the Hittites, and the Jebusites, and the Amorites, dwell in the mountains: and the Canaanites dwell by the sea, and by the coast of Jordan.
Nevertheless the people [be] strong that dwell in the land, and the cities [are] walled, [and] very great: and moreover we saw the children of Anak there:

28: (13-29) но народ, живущий на земле той, силен, и города укрепленные, весьма большие, и сынов Енаковых мы видели там;
13:29
καὶ και and; even
Αμαληκ αμαληκ settle
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
τῇ ο the
πρὸς προς to; toward
νότον νοτος south wind
καὶ και and; even
ο the
Χετταῖος χετταιος and; even
ο the
Ευαῖος ευαιος and; even
ο the
Ιεβουσαῖος ιεβουσαιος and; even
ο the
Αμορραῖος αμορραιος settle
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ὀρεινῇ ορεινος mountainous
καὶ και and; even
ο the
Χαναναῖος χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos
κατοικεῖ κατοικεω settle
παρὰ παρα from; by
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
καὶ και and; even
παρὰ παρα from; by
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ποταμόν ποταμος river
13:29
עֲמָלֵ֥ק ʕᵃmālˌēq עֲמָלֵק Amalek
יֹושֵׁ֖ב yôšˌēv ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
נֶּ֑גֶב nnˈeḡev נֶגֶב south
וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
חִתִּי ḥittˌî חִתִּי Hittite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
יְבוּסִ֤י yᵊvûsˈî יְבוּסִי Jebusite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֱמֹרִי֙ ʔᵉmōrˌî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
יֹושֵׁ֣ב yôšˈēv ישׁב sit
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
הָ֔ר hˈār הַר mountain
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
כְּנַעֲנִי֙ kkᵊnaʕᵃnˌî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite
יֹשֵׁ֣ב yōšˈēv ישׁב sit
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֔ם yyˈom יָם sea
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַ֖ל ʕˌal עַל upon
יַ֥ד yˌaḏ יָד hand
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּֽן׃ yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
13:29. Amalech habitat in meridie Hettheus et Iebuseus et Amorreus in montanis Chananeus vero moratur iuxta mare et circa fluenta Iordanis
Amalec dwelleth in the south, the Hethite and the Jebusite and the Amorrhite in the mountains: but the Chanaanite abideth by the sea and near the streams of the Jordan.
13:29. Amalek lives in the south. The Hethite, and the Jebusite, and the Amorite live in the mountains. And truly, the Canaanite stays near the sea and around the streams of the Jordan.”
13:29. The Amalekites dwell in the land of the south: and the Hittites, and the Jebusites, and the Amorites, dwell in the mountains: and the Canaanites dwell by the sea, and by the coast of Jordan.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:29: The Amalekites - See Num 14:25 note.
The Canaanites - i. e. those of the Phoenician race: the word is here used in its narrow sense: compare Gen 10:15-18 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:29: Amalekites: Num 14:43, Num 24:20; Gen 14:7; Exo 17:8-16; Jdg 6:3; Sa1 14:48, Sa1 15:3-9, Sa1 30:1; Psa 83:7
the Hittites: Gen 15:19-21; Exo 3:8, Exo 3:17
John Gill
13:29 The Amalekites dwell in the land of the south,.... On the southern side of the land of Canaan: not in it, for they were not Canaanites, but neighbours to them, and lay nearest to the camp of Israel, and at the entrance into the land of Canaan; and as they were enemies of Israel, as appears from an attack upon them quickly after they came from the Red sea, in Rephidim, Ex 17:8; and friends to the Canaanites, they would no doubt oppose their passage into their land, as they did, Num 14:43; this is one difficulty in the way of possessing the land hinted at, others follow:
and the Hittites, and the Jebusites, and the Amorites, dwell in the mountains; and guard the passes there; so that should they escape the Amalekites, or get the better of them, they would not be able to pass the mountains, being so well inhabited and defended; the Hittites seem to dwell about Mount Lebanon, Josh 1:4; the Jebusites inhabited the mountains about Jerusalem, and that itself, which was called by them Jebus, and from which they were not dispossessed until the times of David, 1Chron 11:4; and the Amorites were possessed of the mountain which was on the borders of the land, next to the place where Israel now were, Deut 1:20,
and the Canaanites dwell by the sea; these dwelt both on the east and on the west of the land, Josh 11:3; so that the western Canaanites dwelt on the shore of the Mediterranean sea, which is often put for the west in Scripture; and the eastern Canaanites dwelt by the Dead sea, or by the sea of Tiberias, called sometimes the lake of Gennesaret, and seems the rather to be meant here by what follows:
and by the coast of Jordan; so that this river was not passable by them; for by all this they would suggest that all avenues and passes were stopped up, so that it was a vain thing to attempt entrance into the land, or to expect ever to possess it.
John Wesley
13:29 The Amalekites in the south - Where we are to enter the land, and they who were so fierce against us that they came into the wilderness to fight with us, will, without doubt, oppose us when we come close by their land, the rather, to revenge themselves for their former loss. Therefore they mention them, though they were not Canaanites. In the mountains - In the mountainous country, in the south - east part of the land, so that you cannot enter there without great difficulty, both because of the noted strength and valour of those people, and because of the advantage they have from the mountains. By the sea - Not the mid - land sea, which is commonly understood by that expression, but the salt or dead sea, as appears, Because it is that sea which is next to Jordan, Because the Canaanites dwelt principally in those parts, and not near the mid - land sea. So these guard the entrance on the east - side, as the others do on the south.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:29 The Amalekites dwell in the land of the south--Their territory lay between the Dead and the Red Seas, skirting the borders of Canaan.
Hittites . . . dwell in the mountains--Their settlements were in the southern and mountainous part of Palestine (Gen 23:7).
the Canaanites dwell by the sea--The remnant of the original inhabitants, who had been dispossessed by the Philistines, were divided into two nomadic hordes--one settled eastward near the Jordan; the other westward, by the Mediterranean.
13:3013:30: Եւ Ամաղէկ բնակեալ էր յերկրին ընդ հարաւակողմն. եւ Քետացին եւ Խեւացին եւ Յեբուսացին եւ Ամովրհացին բնակեալ էին առ լերամբքն, եւ Քանանացին՝ առ ծովեզերբն եւ առ Յորդանանաւ[1304]։ [1304] Ոմանք. Եւ ամենայն Ամաղէկ բնա՛՛։
30 Ամաղէկացիները բնակւում են երկրի հարաւային մասում, քետացիները, խեւացիները, յեբուսացիները եւ ամորհացիները՝ լեռնային շրջանում, իսկ քանանացիները՝ ծովեզերքին ու Յորդանան գետի ափին»:
30 Ամաղեկացիները այն երկրին հարաւային կողմը կը բնակին ու Քետացիները եւ Յեբուսացիներն ու Ամօրհացիները լեռները կը բնակին եւ Քանանացիները ծովուն քով ու Յորդանանի եզերքը կը բնակին»։
Եւ Ամաղէկ բնակեալ [212]էր յերկրին ընդ հարաւակողմն. եւ Քետացին [213]եւ Խեւացին`` եւ Յեբուսացին եւ Ամովրհացին բնակեալ են առ լերամբքն, եւ Քանանացին առ ծովեզերբն եւ առ Յորդանանաւ:

13:30: Եւ Ամաղէկ բնակեալ էր յերկրին ընդ հարաւակողմն. եւ Քետացին եւ Խեւացին եւ Յեբուսացին եւ Ամովրհացին բնակեալ էին առ լերամբքն, եւ Քանանացին՝ առ ծովեզերբն եւ առ Յորդանանաւ[1304]։
[1304] Ոմանք. Եւ ամենայն Ամաղէկ բնա՛՛։
30 Ամաղէկացիները բնակւում են երկրի հարաւային մասում, քետացիները, խեւացիները, յեբուսացիները եւ ամորհացիները՝ լեռնային շրջանում, իսկ քանանացիները՝ ծովեզերքին ու Յորդանան գետի ափին»:
30 Ամաղեկացիները այն երկրին հարաւային կողմը կը բնակին ու Քետացիները եւ Յեբուսացիներն ու Ամօրհացիները լեռները կը բնակին եւ Քանանացիները ծովուն քով ու Յորդանանի եզերքը կը բնակին»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2929: (13-30) Амалик живет на южной части земли, Хеттеи, Иевусеи и Аморреи живут на горе, Хананеи же живут при море и на берегу Иордана.
13:30 καὶ και and; even κατεσιώπησεν κατασιωπαω the λαὸν λαος populace; population πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak αὐτῷ αυτος he; him οὐχί ουχι not; not actually ἀλλὰ αλλα but ἀναβάντες αναβαινω step up; ascend ἀναβησόμεθα αναβαινω step up; ascend καὶ και and; even κατακληρονομήσομεν κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession αὐτήν αυτος he; him ὅτι οτι since; that δυνατοὶ δυνατος possible; able δυνησόμεθα δυναμαι able; can πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτούς αυτος he; him
13:30 וַ wa וְ and יַּ֧הַס yyˈahas הסה be still כָּלֵ֛ב kālˈēv כָּלֵב Caleb אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֑ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֗אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say עָלֹ֤ה ʕālˈō עלה ascend נַעֲלֶה֙ naʕᵃlˌeh עלה ascend וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרַ֣שְׁנוּ yārˈašnû ירשׁ trample down אֹתָ֔הּ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker] כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that יָכֹ֥ול yāḵˌôl יכל be able נוּכַ֖ל nûḵˌal יכל be able לָֽהּ׃ lˈāh לְ to
13:30. inter haec Chaleb conpescens murmur populi qui oriebatur contra Mosen ait ascendamus et possideamus terram quoniam poterimus obtinere eamIn the mean time Caleb, to still the murmuring of the people that rose against Moses, said: Let us go up and possess the land, for we shall be able to conquer it.
29. Amalek dwelleth in the land of the South: and the Hittite, and the Jebusite, and the Amorite, dwell in the mountains: and the Canaanite dwelleth by the sea, and along by the side of Jordan.
13:30. During these events, Caleb, to restrain the murmuring of the people who rose up against Moses, said, “Let us ascend and possess the land, for we will be able to obtain it.”
13:30. And Caleb stilled the people before Moses, and said, Let us go up at once, and possess it; for we are well able to overcome it.
The Amalekites dwell in the land of the south: and the Hittites, and the Jebusites, and the Amorites, dwell in the mountains: and the Canaanites dwell by the sea, and by the coast of Jordan:

29: (13-30) Амалик живет на южной части земли, Хеттеи, Иевусеи и Аморреи живут на горе, Хананеи же живут при море и на берегу Иордана.
13:30
καὶ και and; even
κατεσιώπησεν κατασιωπαω the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
οὐχί ουχι not; not actually
ἀλλὰ αλλα but
ἀναβάντες αναβαινω step up; ascend
ἀναβησόμεθα αναβαινω step up; ascend
καὶ και and; even
κατακληρονομήσομεν κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
ὅτι οτι since; that
δυνατοὶ δυνατος possible; able
δυνησόμεθα δυναμαι able; can
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
13:30
וַ wa וְ and
יַּ֧הַס yyˈahas הסה be still
כָּלֵ֛ב kālˈēv כָּלֵב Caleb
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֑ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֗אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
עָלֹ֤ה ʕālˈō עלה ascend
נַעֲלֶה֙ naʕᵃlˌeh עלה ascend
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרַ֣שְׁנוּ yārˈašnû ירשׁ trample down
אֹתָ֔הּ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker]
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
יָכֹ֥ול yāḵˌôl יכל be able
נוּכַ֖ל nûḵˌal יכל be able
לָֽהּ׃ lˈāh לְ to
13:30. inter haec Chaleb conpescens murmur populi qui oriebatur contra Mosen ait ascendamus et possideamus terram quoniam poterimus obtinere eam
In the mean time Caleb, to still the murmuring of the people that rose against Moses, said: Let us go up and possess the land, for we shall be able to conquer it.
13:30. During these events, Caleb, to restrain the murmuring of the people who rose up against Moses, said, “Let us ascend and possess the land, for we will be able to obtain it.”
13:30. And Caleb stilled the people before Moses, and said, Let us go up at once, and possess it; for we are well able to overcome it.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:30: Num 14:6-9, Num 14:24; Jos 14:6-8; Psa 27:1, Psa 27:2, Psa 60:12, Psa 118:10, Psa 118:11; Isa 41:10-16; Rom 8:31, Rom 8:37; Phi 4:13; Heb 11:33
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:30
As these tidings respecting the towns and inhabitants of Canaan were of a character to excite the people, Caleb calmed them before Moses by saying, "We will go up and take it; for we shall overcome it." The fact that Caleb only is mentioned, though, according to Num 14:6, Joshua also stood by his side, may be explained on the simple ground, that at first Caleb was the only one to speak and maintain the possibility of conquering Canaan.
John Gill
13:30 And Caleb stilled the people before Moses,.... In his presence, they standing before him; or "unto Moses" (n), as they were coming to him with open mouth against him; for upon the above report of the spies they began to murmur and mutiny, and to speak against Moses for bringing them out of Egypt into a wilderness, feeding them with vain hopes of a country which they were never likely to enjoy; and in their wrath they might be making up to him, threatening to pull him to pieces, but were restrained by Caleb, who signified he had something to say to them, to which they attended, he being one of the spies, and for their principal tribe, the tribe of Judah, that went foremost; the Targum of Jonathan is,"Caleb silenced the people, and they attended to Moses;''or hearkened to him, to what he said, which though not here related, is in Deut 1:29; which yet they did not give credit to, though they heard what he had to say:
and said, let us go up at once and possess it; without any delay, there is nothing more to be done than to enter and take possession; this he said, trusting to the promise of God, who is faithful, and to his power who is able to perform:
for we are well able to overcome it; especially having God on their side, who had promised to bring them into it, and put them in the possession of it; and indeed, humanly speaking, they seemed quite sufficient for such an undertaking, being upwards of six hundred thousand men fit for war, Num 1:46, marshalled under their proper standards, with captains over each tribe, and having such brave, wise, and courageous commanders and generals, Moses and Joshua, who had given signal instances of their prudence and bravery already. What is it such an army, under proper directions, might not undertake? One would think, in all human probability, they were able to conquer a much greater country than the land of Canaan.
(n) "ad Moseh", Montanus; "venientem ad Mosem", Junius & Tremellius, Drusius.
John Wesley
13:30 Caleb - Together with Joshua, as is manifest from Num 14:6-7, Num 14:30, but Caleb alone is here mentioned, possibly because he spake first and most, which he might better do, because he might be presumed to be more impartial than Joshua, who being Moses's minister might be thought to speak only what he knew his master would like. Stilled the people - Which implies either that they had began to murmur, or that by their looks and carriage, they discovered the anger which boiled in their breasts. Before Moses - Or, towards Moses, against whom they were incensed, as the man who had brought them into such sad circumstances. Let us go up and possess it - He does not say, Let us go up and conquer it. He looks on that to be as good as done already: but, Let us go up and possess it! There is nothing to be done, but to enter without delay, and take the possession which our great Lord is now ready to give us! Thus difficulties that lie in the way of salvation, vanish away before a lively faith.
13:3113:31: Լռեցո՛յց Քաղէբ զժողովուրդն ՚ի Մովսիսէ, եւ ասէ ցնոսա. Ո՛չ այդպէս է. այլ ելանելո՛վ ելցուք եւ ժառանգեսցուք զնա. զի կարօղ եմք յաղթել նոցա։
31 Քաղէբը լռեցրեց Մովսէսից դժգոհող ժողովրդին՝ ասելով. «Ո՛չ, առաջ պէտք է շարժուենք ու տիրենք այդ երկրին, որովհետեւ կարո՛ղ ենք նրանց յաղթել»:
31 Եւ Քաղէբ ժողովուրդը Մովսէսին առջեւ լռեցուց ու ըսաւ. «Աղէ՜կ, ելլե՛նք ու ժառանգենք զայն. քանզի մենք անշուշտ կրնանք անոր տիրել»։
Լռեցոյց Քաղէբ զժողովուրդն ի Մովսիսէ, եւ ասէ ցնոսա. [214]Ոչ այդպէս է. այլ`` ելանելով ելցուք եւ ժառանգեսցուք զնա. զի կարօղ եմք յաղթել նոցա:

13:31: Լռեցո՛յց Քաղէբ զժողովուրդն ՚ի Մովսիսէ, եւ ասէ ցնոսա. Ո՛չ այդպէս է. այլ ելանելո՛վ ելցուք եւ ժառանգեսցուք զնա. զի կարօղ եմք յաղթել նոցա։
31 Քաղէբը լռեցրեց Մովսէսից դժգոհող ժողովրդին՝ ասելով. «Ո՛չ, առաջ պէտք է շարժուենք ու տիրենք այդ երկրին, որովհետեւ կարո՛ղ ենք նրանց յաղթել»:
31 Եւ Քաղէբ ժողովուրդը Մովսէսին առջեւ լռեցուց ու ըսաւ. «Աղէ՜կ, ելլե՛նք ու ժառանգենք զայն. քանզի մենք անշուշտ կրնանք անոր տիրել»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:3030: (13-31) Но Халев успокаивал народ пред Моисеем, говоря: пойдем и завладеем ею, потому что мы можем одолеть ее.
13:31 καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἄνθρωποι ανθρωπος person; human οἱ ο the συναναβάντες συναναβαινω step up with; go up with / together μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him εἶπαν επω say; speak οὐκ ου not ἀναβαίνομεν αναβαινω step up; ascend ὅτι οτι since; that οὐ ου not μὴ μη not δυνώμεθα δυναμαι able; can ἀναβῆναι αναβαινω step up; ascend πρὸς προς to; toward τὸ ο the ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste ὅτι οτι since; that ἰσχυρότερόν ισχυρος forceful; severe ἐστιν ειμι be ἡμῶν ημων our μᾶλλον μαλλον rather; more
13:31 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ֨ hˌā הַ the אֲנָשִׁ֜ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָל֤וּ ʕālˈû עלה ascend עִמֹּו֙ ʕimmˌô עִם with אָֽמְר֔וּ ʔˈāmᵊrˈû אמר say לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not נוּכַ֖ל nûḵˌal יכל be able לַ la לְ to עֲלֹ֣ות ʕᵃlˈôṯ עלה ascend אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the עָ֑ם ʕˈām עַם people כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that חָזָ֥ק ḥāzˌāq חָזָק strong ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃ mimmˈennû מִן from
13:31. alii vero qui fuerant cum eo dicebant nequaquam ad hunc populum valemus ascendere quia fortior nobis estBut the others, that had been with him, said: No, we are not able to go up to this people, because they are stronger than we.
30. And Caleb stilled the people before Moses, and said, Let us go up at once, and possess it; for we are well able to overcome it.
13:31. Yet truly, the others, who had been with him, were saying, “By no means are we able to ascend to this people, because they are stronger than we are.”
13:31. But the men that went up with him said, We be not able to go up against the people; for they [are] stronger than we.
And Caleb stilled the people before Moses, and said, Let us go up at once, and possess it; for we are well able to overcome it:

30: (13-31) Но Халев успокаивал народ пред Моисеем, говоря: пойдем и завладеем ею, потому что мы можем одолеть ее.
13:31
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἄνθρωποι ανθρωπος person; human
οἱ ο the
συναναβάντες συναναβαινω step up with; go up with / together
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
εἶπαν επω say; speak
οὐκ ου not
ἀναβαίνομεν αναβαινω step up; ascend
ὅτι οτι since; that
οὐ ου not
μὴ μη not
δυνώμεθα δυναμαι able; can
ἀναβῆναι αναβαινω step up; ascend
πρὸς προς to; toward
τὸ ο the
ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἰσχυρότερόν ισχυρος forceful; severe
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἡμῶν ημων our
μᾶλλον μαλλον rather; more
13:31
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ֨ hˌā הַ the
אֲנָשִׁ֜ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָל֤וּ ʕālˈû עלה ascend
עִמֹּו֙ ʕimmˌô עִם with
אָֽמְר֔וּ ʔˈāmᵊrˈû אמר say
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
נוּכַ֖ל nûḵˌal יכל be able
לַ la לְ to
עֲלֹ֣ות ʕᵃlˈôṯ עלה ascend
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
עָ֑ם ʕˈām עַם people
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
חָזָ֥ק ḥāzˌāq חָזָק strong
ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he
מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃ mimmˈennû מִן from
13:31. alii vero qui fuerant cum eo dicebant nequaquam ad hunc populum valemus ascendere quia fortior nobis est
But the others, that had been with him, said: No, we are not able to go up to this people, because they are stronger than we.
13:31. Yet truly, the others, who had been with him, were saying, “By no means are we able to ascend to this people, because they are stronger than we are.”
13:31. But the men that went up with him said, We be not able to go up against the people; for they [are] stronger than we.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:31: Num 32:9; Deu 1:28; Jos 14:8; Heb 3:19
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:31
But his companions were of an opposite opinion, and declared that the people in Canaan were stronger than the Israelites, and therefore it was impossible to go up to it.
John Gill
13:31 But the men that went up with him,.... With Caleb, all but Joshua: the other ten
said, we be not able to go up against the people; this they had not said before, though they plainly suggested it, and, to make the people believe this, had represented the inhabitants of the land of Canaan in the light they did; but now, in direct opposition to Caleb, fully expressed it, giving this reason for it:
for they are stronger than we; being both of a larger size and more numerous.
John Wesley
13:31 The men - All of them, Joshua excepted. Stronger - Both in stature of body and numbers of people. Thus they question the power, and truth, and goodness of God, of all which they had such ample testimonies.
13:3213:32: Եւ արքն որ ընդ նմա երթեալ էին՝ ասէին. Ո՛չ ելցուք, քանզի ո՛չ կարեմք երթալ ՚ի վերայ ազգին, զի զօրագո՛յն քան զմեզ է յոյժ[1305]։ [1305] Ոմանք. Ասեն. Ոչ ելցուք։
32 Նրա հետ հետախուզութեան գնացած մարդիկ, սակայն, ասացին. «Չենք յարձակուի այդ ժողովրդի վրայ, որովհետեւ նրանք մեզանից շատ աւելի հզօր են»:
32 Եւ անոր հետ գացող մարդիկը ըսին. «Մենք այն ժողովուրդին վրայ ելլելու կարող չենք, վասն զի անոնք մեզմէ զօրաւոր են»։
Եւ արքն որ ընդ նմա երթեալ էին` ասէին. Ոչ ելցուք, քանզի ոչ կարեմք երթալ ի վերայ ազգին զի զօրագոյն քան զմեզ է յոյժ:

13:32: Եւ արքն որ ընդ նմա երթեալ էին՝ ասէին. Ո՛չ ելցուք, քանզի ո՛չ կարեմք երթալ ՚ի վերայ ազգին, զի զօրագո՛յն քան զմեզ է յոյժ[1305]։
[1305] Ոմանք. Ասեն. Ոչ ելցուք։
32 Նրա հետ հետախուզութեան գնացած մարդիկ, սակայն, ասացին. «Չենք յարձակուի այդ ժողովրդի վրայ, որովհետեւ նրանք մեզանից շատ աւելի հզօր են»:
32 Եւ անոր հետ գացող մարդիկը ըսին. «Մենք այն ժողովուրդին վրայ ելլելու կարող չենք, վասն զի անոնք մեզմէ զօրաւոր են»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:3131: (13-32) А те, которые ходили с ним, говорили: не можем мы идти против народа сего, ибо он сильнее нас.
13:32 καὶ και and; even ἐξήνεγκαν εκφερω bring out / forth; carry out ἔκστασιν εκστασις ecstasy; trance τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what κατεσκέψαντο κατασκεπτομαι he; him πρὸς προς to; toward τοὺς ο the υἱοὺς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what παρήλθομεν παρερχομαι pass; transgress αὐτὴν αυτος he; him κατασκέψασθαι κατασκεπτομαι earth; land κατέσθουσα κατεσθιω consume; eat up τοὺς ο the κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἐστιν ειμι be πᾶς πας all; every ὁ ο the λαός λαος populace; population ὃν ος who; what ἑωράκαμεν οραω view; see ἐν εν in αὐτῇ αυτος he; him ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband ὑπερμήκεις υπερμηκης exceeding long
13:32 וַ wa וְ and יֹּוצִ֜יאוּ yyôṣˈîʔû יצא go out דִּבַּ֤ת dibbˈaṯ דִּבָּה evil report הָ hā הַ the אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תָּר֣וּ tārˈû תור spy אֹתָ֔הּ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker] אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say הָ hā הַ the אָ֡רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָבַ֨רְנוּ ʕāvˌarnû עבר pass בָ֜הּ vˈāh בְּ in לָ lā לְ to ת֣וּר ṯˈûr תור spy אֹתָ֗הּ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker] אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֹכֶ֤לֶת ʔōḵˈeleṯ אכל eat יֹושְׁבֶ֨יהָ֙ yôšᵊvˈeʸhā ישׁב sit הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the עָ֛ם ʕˈām עַם people אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] רָאִ֥ינוּ rāʔˌînû ראה see בְ vᵊ בְּ in תֹוכָ֖הּ ṯôḵˌāh תָּוֶךְ midst אַנְשֵׁ֥י ʔanšˌê אִישׁ man מִדֹּֽות׃ middˈôṯ מִדָּה measured stretch
13:32. detraxeruntque terrae quam inspexerant apud filios Israhel dicentes terram quam lustravimus devorat habitatores suos populum quem aspeximus procerae staturae estAnd they spoke ill of the land, which they had viewed, before the children of Israel, saying: The land which we have viewed, devoureth its inhabitants: the people, that we beheld are of a tall stature.
31. But the men that went up with him said, We be not able to go up against the people; for they are stronger than we.
13:32. And before the sons of Israel they disparaged the land, which they had inspected, saying: “The land, which we viewed, devours its inhabitants. The people, upon whom we gazed, were of lofty stature.
13:32. And they brought up an evil report of the land which they had searched unto the children of Israel, saying, The land, through which we have gone to search it, [is] a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw in it [are] men of a great stature.
But the men that went up with him said, We be not able to go up against the people; for they [are] stronger than we:

31: (13-32) А те, которые ходили с ним, говорили: не можем мы идти против народа сего, ибо он сильнее нас.
13:32
καὶ και and; even
ἐξήνεγκαν εκφερω bring out / forth; carry out
ἔκστασιν εκστασις ecstasy; trance
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
κατεσκέψαντο κατασκεπτομαι he; him
πρὸς προς to; toward
τοὺς ο the
υἱοὺς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
παρήλθομεν παρερχομαι pass; transgress
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
κατασκέψασθαι κατασκεπτομαι earth; land
κατέσθουσα κατεσθιω consume; eat up
τοὺς ο the
κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἐστιν ειμι be
πᾶς πας all; every
ο the
λαός λαος populace; population
ὃν ος who; what
ἑωράκαμεν οραω view; see
ἐν εν in
αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
ὑπερμήκεις υπερμηκης exceeding long
13:32
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּוצִ֜יאוּ yyôṣˈîʔû יצא go out
דִּבַּ֤ת dibbˈaṯ דִּבָּה evil report
הָ הַ the
אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תָּר֣וּ tārˈû תור spy
אֹתָ֔הּ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker]
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
הָ הַ the
אָ֡רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָבַ֨רְנוּ ʕāvˌarnû עבר pass
בָ֜הּ vˈāh בְּ in
לָ לְ to
ת֣וּר ṯˈûr תור spy
אֹתָ֗הּ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker]
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֹכֶ֤לֶת ʔōḵˈeleṯ אכל eat
יֹושְׁבֶ֨יהָ֙ yôšᵊvˈeʸhā ישׁב sit
הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
עָ֛ם ʕˈām עַם people
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
רָאִ֥ינוּ rāʔˌînû ראה see
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
תֹוכָ֖הּ ṯôḵˌāh תָּוֶךְ midst
אַנְשֵׁ֥י ʔanšˌê אִישׁ man
מִדֹּֽות׃ middˈôṯ מִדָּה measured stretch
13:32. detraxeruntque terrae quam inspexerant apud filios Israhel dicentes terram quam lustravimus devorat habitatores suos populum quem aspeximus procerae staturae est
And they spoke ill of the land, which they had viewed, before the children of Israel, saying: The land which we have viewed, devoureth its inhabitants: the people, that we beheld are of a tall stature.
13:32. And before the sons of Israel they disparaged the land, which they had inspected, saying: “The land, which we viewed, devours its inhabitants. The people, upon whom we gazed, were of lofty stature.
13:32. And they brought up an evil report of the land which they had searched unto the children of Israel, saying, The land, through which we have gone to search it, [is] a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw in it [are] men of a great stature.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:32: Men of a great stature - אנשי מדות anshey middoth, men of measures - two men's height; i. e., exceedingly tall men.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:32: A land that eateth up ... - i. e. it is a land which from its position is exposed to incessant attacks from one quarter and another, and so its occupants must be always armed and watchful.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:32: brought: Num 14:36, Num 14:37; Deu 1:28; Mat 23:13
a land: Num 13:28; Eze 36:13; Amo 2:9
men of a great stature: Heb. men of statures, Sa2 21:20 *Heb: Ch1 20:6 *marg.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:32
Thus they spread an evil report of the land among the Israelites, by exaggerating the difficulties of the conquest in their unbelieving despair, and describing Canaan as a land which "ate up its inhabitants." Their meaning certainly was not "that the wretched inhabitants were worn out by the laborious task of cultivating it, or that the land was pestilential on account of the inclemency of the weather, or that the cultivation of the land was difficult, and attended with many evils," as Calvin maintains. Their only wish was to lay stress upon the difficulties and dangers connected with the conquest and maintenance of the land, on account of the tribes inhabiting and surrounding it: the land was an apple of discord, because of its fruitfulness and situation; and as the different nations strove for its possession, its inhabitants wasted away (Cler., Ros., O. v. Gerlach). The people, they added, are מדּות אנשׁי, "men of measures," i.e., of tall stature (cf. Is 45:14), "and there we saw the Nephilim, i.e., primeval tyrants (see at Gen 6:4), Anak's sons, giants of Nephilim, and we seemed to ourselves and to them as small as grasshoppers."
Geneva 1599
13:32 And they brought up an evil report of the land which they had searched unto the children of Israel, saying, The land, through which we have gone to search it, [is] a land that (l) eateth up the inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw in it [are] men of a great stature.
(l) The giants were so cruel, that they spoiled and killed one another and those that came to them.
John Gill
13:32 And they brought up an evil report of the land which they had searched unto the children of Israel,.... Before, they gave a good report of the land itself, as a very fruitful one, answering to their expectations and wishes; but now they change their language, and give a different account of it; which shows their want of integrity, and to what length an opposition carried them, to say things contrary to their real sentiments, and to what they themselves had said before:
saying, the land through which we have gone to search it, is a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof; the meaning seems to be, that it was so barren and unfruitful that it did not produce food sufficient for the inhabitants of it, who were ready to starve, and many did starve through want, and so was the reverse of what they had before said; for which reason, Gussetius (o) thinks the sense is, that the land was the food and nourishment of its inhabitants, and that there was such plenty in it that it wanted not any foreign assistance in any respect whatever. Some think that it was continually embroiled in civil wars, in which they destroyed one another; but then this was no argument against, but for their going up against them, since through the divisions among themselves they might reasonably hope the better to succeed; or it ate them up with diseases, as the Targum of Jonathan adds, and so they would represent it, though a fruitful land, yet a very unhealthful one, in which the natives could not live, and much less strangers; and so Aben Ezra and Ben Gersom interpret it of the badness of the air of the country, as being very unwholesome and pernicious. Jarchi represents them as saying, that wherever they came they saw them burying their dead, as if there was a plague among them; and be it so that there was, which is not unlikely, since the Lord promised to send hornets before them, which some interpret of diseases sent, Ex 23:28; and which was in their favour, since hereby the number of their enemies would be lessened, and they would be weakened, and in a bad condition to oppose them:
and all the people that we saw in it are men of a great stature; or men of measures (p), of a large measure, above the common measure of men; but it may be justly questioned whether they spoke truth; for though they might see some that exceeded in height men in common, yet it is not credible that all they saw were of such a size; since they were not only at Hebron and saw the giants there who were such, but they went through the land, as in the preceding clause, and all they met with cannot be supposed to be of such a measure.
(o) Ebr. Comment. p. 40. (p) "viri mensurarum", Montanus, Vatablus, Drusius.
John Wesley
13:32 Eateth up its inhabitants - Not so much by civil wars, for that was likely to make their conquest more easy; but rather by the unwholesomeness of the air and place, which they guessed from the many funerals, which, as some Hebrew writers, not without probability affirm, they observed in their travels through it: though that came to pass from another cause, even from the singular providence of God, which, to facilitate the Israelites conquest, cut off vast numbers of the Canaanites either by a plague, or by the hornet sent before them, as is expressed, Josh 24:12.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:32 a land that eateth up the inhabitants--that is, an unhealthy climate and country. Jewish writers say that in the course of their travels they saw a great many funerals, vast numbers of the Canaanites being cut off at that time, in the providence of God, by a plague or the hornet (Josh 24:12).
men of a great stature--This was evidently a false and exaggerated report, representing, from timidity or malicious artifice, what was true of a few as descriptive of the people generally.
13:3313:33: Եւ զարհուրեցուցին երկրաւն զոր լրտեսեցին՝ զորդիսն Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ասեն. Ընդ երկիրն ընդ որ մե՛ք անցաք լրտեսել զնա, երկիր՝ մարդածա՛խ է բնակչաց իւրոց. եւ զամենայն զազգն զոր տեսաք ՚ի նմա՝ արք յաղթահասակք են.
33 Նրանք իսրայէլացիներին վախեցրին այն երկրով, որ հետախուզել էին, ասելով. «Այն երկիրը, ուր գնացինք հետախուզելու, իր բնակիչներին լափող երկիր է:
33 Եւ իրենց լրտեսած երկրին համար գէշ լուր բերին Իսրայէլի որդիներուն՝ ըսելով. «Այն երկիրը, որուն մէջէն անցանք լրտեսելու համար, իր բնակիչները ուտող երկիր մըն է եւ անոր մէջի ժողովուրդը, որ մենք տեսանք, յաղթահասակ մարդիկ են
Եւ զարհուրեցուցին երկրաւն զոր լրտեսեցին` զորդիսն Իսրայելի եւ ասեն. Երկիրն ընդ որ մեք անցաք լրտեսել զնա, երկիր մարդածախ է բնակչաց իւրոց. եւ ամենայն ազգն զոր տեսաք ի նմա` արք յաղթահասակք են:

13:33: Եւ զարհուրեցուցին երկրաւն զոր լրտեսեցին՝ զորդիսն Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ասեն. Ընդ երկիրն ընդ որ մե՛ք անցաք լրտեսել զնա, երկիր՝ մարդածա՛խ է բնակչաց իւրոց. եւ զամենայն զազգն զոր տեսաք ՚ի նմա՝ արք յաղթահասակք են.
33 Նրանք իսրայէլացիներին վախեցրին այն երկրով, որ հետախուզել էին, ասելով. «Այն երկիրը, ուր գնացինք հետախուզելու, իր բնակիչներին լափող երկիր է:
33 Եւ իրենց լրտեսած երկրին համար գէշ լուր բերին Իսրայէլի որդիներուն՝ ըսելով. «Այն երկիրը, որուն մէջէն անցանք լրտեսելու համար, իր բնակիչները ուտող երկիր մըն է եւ անոր մէջի ժողովուրդը, որ մենք տեսանք, յաղթահասակ մարդիկ են
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:3232: (13-33) И распускали худую молву о земле, которую они осматривали, между сынами Израилевыми, говоря: земля, которую проходили мы для осмотра, есть земля, поедающая живущих на ней, и весь народ, который видели мы среди ее, люди великорослые;
13:33 καὶ και and; even ἐκεῖ εκει there ἑωράκαμεν οραω view; see τοὺς ο the γίγαντας γιγας and; even ἦμεν ειμι be ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ὡσεὶ ωσει as if; about ἀκρίδες ακρις locust; grasshopper ἀλλὰ αλλα but καὶ και and; even οὕτως ουτως so; this way ἦμεν ειμι be ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:33 וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁ֣ם šˈām שָׁם there רָאִ֗ינוּ rāʔˈînû ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the נְּפִילִ֛ים nnᵊfîlˈîm נְפִילִים giants בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son עֲנָ֖ק ʕᵃnˌāq עֲנָק neck מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the נְּפִלִ֑ים nnᵊfilˈîm נְפִילִים giants וַ wa וְ and נְּהִ֤י nnᵊhˈî היה be בְ vᵊ בְּ in עֵינֵ֨ינוּ֙ ʕênˈênû עַיִן eye כַּֽ kˈa כְּ as חֲגָבִ֔ים ḥᵃḡāvˈîm חָגָב [uncertain] וְ wᵊ וְ and כֵ֥ן ḵˌēn כֵּן thus הָיִ֖ינוּ hāyˌînû היה be בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵינֵיהֶֽם׃ ʕênêhˈem עַיִן eye
13:33. ibi vidimus monstra quaedam filiorum Enach de genere giganteo quibus conparati quasi lucustae videbamurThere we saw certain monsters of the sons of Enac, of the giant kind: in comparison of whom, we seemed like locusts.
32. And they brought up an evil report of the land which they had spied out unto the children of Israel, saying, The land, through which we have gone to spy it out, is a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw in it are men of great stature.
13:33. There, we saw some monsters among the sons of Anak, of the race of giants; by comparison with them, we seemed like locusts.”
13:33. And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, [which come] of the giants: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight.
And they brought up an evil report of the land which they had searched unto the children of Israel, saying, The land, through which we have gone to search it, [is] a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw in it [are] men of a great stature:

32: (13-33) И распускали худую молву о земле, которую они осматривали, между сынами Израилевыми, говоря: земля, которую проходили мы для осмотра, есть земля, поедающая живущих на ней, и весь народ, который видели мы среди ее, люди великорослые;
13:33
καὶ και and; even
ἐκεῖ εκει there
ἑωράκαμεν οραω view; see
τοὺς ο the
γίγαντας γιγας and; even
ἦμεν ειμι be
ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ὡσεὶ ωσει as if; about
ἀκρίδες ακρις locust; grasshopper
ἀλλὰ αλλα but
καὶ και and; even
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
ἦμεν ειμι be
ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:33
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁ֣ם šˈām שָׁם there
רָאִ֗ינוּ rāʔˈînû ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
נְּפִילִ֛ים nnᵊfîlˈîm נְפִילִים giants
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
עֲנָ֖ק ʕᵃnˌāq עֲנָק neck
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
נְּפִלִ֑ים nnᵊfilˈîm נְפִילִים giants
וַ wa וְ and
נְּהִ֤י nnᵊhˈî היה be
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
עֵינֵ֨ינוּ֙ ʕênˈênû עַיִן eye
כַּֽ kˈa כְּ as
חֲגָבִ֔ים ḥᵃḡāvˈîm חָגָב [uncertain]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כֵ֥ן ḵˌēn כֵּן thus
הָיִ֖ינוּ hāyˌînû היה be
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵינֵיהֶֽם׃ ʕênêhˈem עַיִן eye
13:33. ibi vidimus monstra quaedam filiorum Enach de genere giganteo quibus conparati quasi lucustae videbamur
There we saw certain monsters of the sons of Enac, of the giant kind: in comparison of whom, we seemed like locusts.
13:33. There, we saw some monsters among the sons of Anak, of the race of giants; by comparison with them, we seemed like locusts.”
13:33. And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, [which come] of the giants: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
33: «Земля, поедающая живущих на ней», т. е. земля, в которой происходят постоянные войны, гибельные для населения.

Постоянные войны в пределах Ханаана могут быть объяснены как его географическим, так и этнографически-политичеческим положением. В географическом отношении Ханаан представлял собою мост, соединявший главнейшие территории древнего мира. В этнографически-политическом отношении Ханаан, или царство Хеттейское, представлял сеть мелких самостоятельных княжеств, часто враждебных между собою.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:33: There we saw the giants - נפלים nephilim. It is evident that they had seen a robust, sturdy, warlike race of men, and of great stature; for the asserted fact is not denied by Joshua or Caleb.
Tales of gigantic men are frequent in all countries, but they are generally of such as have lived in times very remote from those in which such tales are told. That there have been giants at different times, in various parts of the earth, there can be no doubt; but that there ever was a nation of men twelve and fourteen feet high, we cannot, should not believe. Goliath appears to have been at least nine feet high: this was very extraordinary. I knew three young men in my own neighborhood, two of them brothers, each of whom was upwards of seven feet, the third was eight feet six inches, and these men were very well proportioned. Others I have seen of extraordinary stature, but they were generally disproportioned, especially in their limbs. These instances serve to prove the possibility of cases of this nature. The Anakim might appear to the Israelites as a very tall, robust nation; and in comparison of the latter it is very probable that they were so, as it is very likely that the growth of the Israelites had been greatly cramped with their long and severe servitude in Egypt. And this may in some measure account for their alarm. On this subject the reader is desired to turn back to the note on Gen 6:4 (note).
Canaan was a type of the kingdom of God; the wilderness through which the Israelites passed, of the difficulties and trials to be met with in the present world. The promise of the kingdom of God is given to every believer; but how many are discouraged by the difficulties in the way! A slothful heart sees dangers, lions, and giants, every where; and therefore refuses to proceed in the heavenly path. Many of the spies contribute to this by the bad reports they bring of the heavenly country. Certain preachers allow "that the land is good, that it flows with milk and honey," and go so far as to show some of its fruits; but they discourage the people by stating the impossibility of overcoming their enemies. "Sin," say they, "cannot be destroyed in this life - it will always dwell in you - the Anakim cannot be conquered - we are but as grasshoppers against the Anakim," etc., etc. Here and there a Joshua and a Caleb, trusting alone in the power of God, armed with faith in the infinite efficacy of that blood which cleanses from all unrighteousness, boldly stand forth and say: "Their defense is departed from them, and the Lord is with us; let us go up at once and possess the land, for we are well able to overcome." We can do all things through Christ strengthening us: he will purify us unto himself, and give us that rest from sin here which his death has procured and his word has promised. Reader, canst thou not take God at his word? He has never yet failed thee. Surely then thou hast no reason to doubt. Thou hast never yet tried him to the uttermost. Thou knowest not how far and how fully he can save. Do not be dispirited: the sons of Anak shall fall before thee, if thou meet them in the name of the Lord of Hosts.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:33: saw the giants: Num 13:22; Deu 1:28, Deu 2:10, Deu 3:11, Deu 9:2; Sa1 17:4-7; Sa2 21:20-22; Ch1 11:23
and we were: Sa1 17:42; Isa 40:22
John Gill
13:33 And there we saw the giants,.... Not throughout the land, and yet it is so expressed, and in such connection with what goes before, that it might be so understood, and as they might choose it should; that as there were men everywhere of an uncommon size, and were generally so, there were some larger than they in all places, of a prodigious size, of a gigantic stature; and yet this was only in Hebron where they saw them:
the sons of Anak; whose names are given, Num 13:22; and there were but three of them:
which came of the giants; they, were of the race of giants; for not only Anak their father, but Arba their grandfather was one; Josh 14:15,
and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers; little diminutive creatures in comparison of them; an hyperbolical exaggeration of the greatness of the giants, and of their own littleness:
and so we were in their sight; but this they could not be so certain of, and could only make conjectures by their neglect or supercilious treatment of them. Jarchi makes them to speak of them more diminutively still, as that they heard those giants saying one to another,"there are ants in the vineyards like men.''
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:33 there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak--The name is derived from the son of Arba, a great man among the Arabians (Josh 15:14), who probably obtained his appellation from wearing a splendid collar or chain round his neck, as the word imports. The epithet "giant" evidently refers here to stature. (See on Gen 6:4). And it is probable the Anakims were a distinguished family, or perhaps a select body of warriors, chosen for their extraordinary size.
we were in our own sight as grasshoppers--a strong Orientalism, by which the treacherous spies gave an exaggerated report of the physical strength of the people of Canaan.
13:3413:34: տեսաք անդ՝ եւ սկա՛յս, եւ էաք յաչս նոցա իբրեւ մարախ[1306]։[1306] Ոմանք. Եւ սկայք... իբրեւ զմարախ։
34 Այնտեղ մեր տեսած բոլոր մարդիկ աժդահաներ են: Այնտեղ տեսանք նաեւ հսկաներ, որոնց համեմատութեամբ մենք մորեխներ ենք»:
34 Եւ հոն տեսանք հսկաներ, Ենակի որդիները, որ հսկաներ են. այնպէս որ մենք մեր աչքին մարախի պէս երեւցանք եւ այնպէս ալ անոնց աչքին երեւցանք»։
տեսաք անդ եւ [215]սկայս եւ էաք յաչս նոցա իբրեւ մարախ:

13:34: տեսաք անդ՝ եւ սկա՛յս, եւ էաք յաչս նոցա իբրեւ մարախ[1306]։
[1306] Ոմանք. Եւ սկայք... իբրեւ զմարախ։
34 Այնտեղ մեր տեսած բոլոր մարդիկ աժդահաներ են: Այնտեղ տեսանք նաեւ հսկաներ, որոնց համեմատութեամբ մենք մորեխներ ենք»:
34 Եւ հոն տեսանք հսկաներ, Ենակի որդիները, որ հսկաներ են. այնպէս որ մենք մեր աչքին մարախի պէս երեւցանք եւ այնպէս ալ անոնց աչքին երեւցանք»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:3333: (13-34) там видели мы и исполинов, сынов Енаковых, от исполинского рода; и мы были в глазах наших [пред ними], как саранча, такими же были мы и в глазах их.
33. And there we saw the Nephilim, the sons of Anak, which come of the Nephilim: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight.
And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, [which come] of the giants: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight:

33: (13-34) там видели мы и исполинов, сынов Енаковых, от исполинского рода; и мы были в глазах наших [пред ними], как саранча, такими же были мы и в глазах их.
ru▾ erva_1895▾